[go: up one dir, main page]

CN106233164A - Substrate with light-shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material - Google Patents

Substrate with light-shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN106233164A
CN106233164A CN201480078018.1A CN201480078018A CN106233164A CN 106233164 A CN106233164 A CN 106233164A CN 201480078018 A CN201480078018 A CN 201480078018A CN 106233164 A CN106233164 A CN 106233164A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
light
shielding material
substrate
transparent substrate
shielding
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN201480078018.1A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
土谷达格
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Mitsubishi Chemical Corp
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Chemical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Chemical Corp filed Critical Mitsubishi Chemical Corp
Publication of CN106233164A publication Critical patent/CN106233164A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a substrate with a light shielding material, which has good productivity and can realize excellent low reflectivity. The substrate of the present invention is a substrate with a light-shielding material, which has a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, wherein the light-shielding material contains (A) a color material and (B) an organic binding material, and satisfies the following (1) and (2). (1) The light-shielding material contains (C) fine particles having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8; (2) the concentration of the fine particles in the light-shielding material is different in a thickness direction, and the concentration of the fine particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is lower than the concentration of the fine particles on the side of the transparent substrate, compared to the side of the transparent substrate.

Description

带遮光材料的基板、滤色器、液晶显示装置、以及用于形成该 遮光材料的着色树脂组合物Substrate with light-shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and for forming the Colored resin composition for light-shielding material

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及带遮光材料的基板、滤色器及液晶显示装置。具体而言,涉及反射率低、遮光性优异的带遮光材料的基板、用于形成该遮光材料的着色树脂组合物、以及具有该遮光材料的滤色器及液晶显示装置。The invention relates to a substrate with a light-shielding material, a color filter and a liquid crystal display device. Specifically, it relates to a substrate with a light-shielding material having low reflectance and excellent light-shielding properties, a colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material, and a color filter and a liquid crystal display device having the light-shielding material.

背景技术Background technique

以往,作为使用颜料的滤色器的制造方法,已知有染色法、电沉积法、喷墨法、颜料分散法等。Conventionally, as a method of manufacturing a color filter using a pigment, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, an inkjet method, a pigment dispersion method, and the like are known.

在利用颜料分散法制造滤色器的情况下,通常如下地进行:在利用分散剂等使颜料分散而成的着色树脂组合物中添加粘合剂树脂、光聚合引发剂、光聚合性单体等而得到感光性着色树脂组合物,并将该组合物涂敷于玻璃基板上并进行干燥后,通过使用掩模进行曝光并进行显影而形成着色图案,然后对其进行加热,由此将图案定影而形成像素。针对每种颜色重复这些工序,从而形成滤色器。In the case of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method, it is generally carried out as follows: a binder resin, a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerizable monomer are added to a colored resin composition obtained by dispersing a pigment with a dispersant or the like etc. to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition, and apply the composition on a glass substrate and dry it, then expose it using a mask and develop it to form a colored pattern, and then heat it, thereby making the pattern Fix to form pixels. These processes are repeated for each color, thereby forming a color filter.

对于用于滤色器的遮光材料而言,对遮光性、图案化性、电气特性等各种品质具有要求,而作为其中之一,也可以列举反射性。在液晶面板中,通常隔着玻璃而观察滤色器的像素、遮光材料,而表面的反射性越低,则来自外部的映入越少,越能够获得良好的图像。通常,像素、遮光材料由色材和树脂的混合物、或其烧制物形成,而由于玻璃与像素、遮光材料之间折射率的不同,会引起反射。玻璃、树脂的折射率为1.5左右,而与此相对,色材的折射率通常高于它们,例如,炭黑的折射率为2.0左右,因此存在其含量越高则反射性也越高的倾向。Light-shielding materials used for color filters are required to have various qualities such as light-shielding properties, patternability, and electrical characteristics, and one of them includes reflective properties. In a liquid crystal panel, the pixels of the color filter and the light-shielding material are usually viewed through glass, and the lower the reflectivity of the surface, the less the reflection from the outside, and the better an image can be obtained. In general, pixels and light-shielding materials are formed of a mixture of a color material and resin, or a fired product thereof, and reflection occurs due to a difference in refractive index between glass, pixels, and light-shielding materials. The refractive index of glass and resin is about 1.5, but the refractive index of color materials is usually higher than them. For example, the refractive index of carbon black is about 2.0, so the higher the content, the higher the reflectivity. .

近年来,对于液晶显示装置,要求具有更高的遮光性,而与此相伴,需要增加色材的量,其结果,存在反射性也变高的倾向。专利文献1中记载了在光固化性树脂层上设置金属薄膜层而成的遮光层。然而,基于铬等的金属蒸镀也存在如下的问题:制造工序长且生产性低,成本高,并且会因蚀刻处理的废液等而产生环境问题等。In recent years, liquid crystal display devices have been required to have higher light-shielding properties, and accordingly, the amount of color materials needs to be increased, and as a result, reflectivity also tends to increase. Patent Document 1 describes a light-shielding layer in which a metal thin film layer is provided on a photocurable resin layer. However, vapor deposition of metals such as chromium also has problems in that the manufacturing process is long, the productivity is low, the cost is high, and environmental problems are caused by waste liquid of etching treatment and the like.

另外,专利文献2中记载了下述内容:通过在基板上形成包含2层以上树脂层的遮光层,并以该遮光层在基板侧的第1层为光吸收层、第2层以后为光反射层,可实现高遮光,从而可降低从观察者侧观察时的反射率。In addition, Patent Document 2 describes that by forming a light-shielding layer including two or more resin layers on a substrate, the first layer of the light-shielding layer on the substrate side is a light-absorbing layer, and the second and subsequent layers are light-shielding layers. A reflective layer that achieves high shading to reduce reflectivity when viewed from the observer's side.

此外,专利文献3中记载了下述内容:通过在基板上形成着色树脂层、并进一步在其上形成黑色树脂层,可得到在整个可见光波长区的光线反射率低、遮光性优异的材料。In addition, Patent Document 3 describes that by forming a colored resin layer on a substrate and further forming a black resin layer thereon, a material having low light reflectance in the entire visible wavelength region and excellent light-shielding properties can be obtained.

另一方面,关于在感光性树脂组合物中配合粒状二氧化硅等的技术,已在若干文献中有所记载。例如在专利文献4中,记载了为了实现电沉积层的密合化而在保护膜中添加有机硅烷的技术。另外,在专利文献5中,记载了出于改善图案形成性的目的而在黑色矩阵用感光性组合物中添加粒状二氧化硅的技术。On the other hand, some literatures have already described the technique of compounding granular silica etc. in the photosensitive resin composition. For example, Patent Document 4 describes a technique of adding an organosilane to a protective film in order to achieve adhesion of an electrodeposited layer. Moreover, patent document 5 describes the technique of adding granular silica to the photosensitive composition for black matrices for the purpose of improving pattern formability.

现有技术文献prior art literature

专利文献patent documents

专利文献1:日本专利第3367173号公报Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3367173

专利文献2:日本特开2006-11180号公报Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-11180

专利文献3:日本特开平8-146410号公报Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-146410

专利文献4:日本特开平5-288926号公报Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-288926

专利文献5:日本特开2008-304583号公报Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-304583

发明内容Contents of the invention

发明要解决的问题The problem to be solved by the invention

本发明人经研究发现,专利文献2中记载的带遮光材料的基板由于以第2层以后为光反射层,因而存在难以进一步降低反射率的问题。The inventors of the present invention found that the substrate with a light-shielding material described in Patent Document 2 has a problem that it is difficult to further reduce the reflectance because the second and subsequent layers are light reflection layers.

另外,专利文献3中记载的带遮光材料的基板由于在基板上形成了着色树脂层,因而存在反射率的波长依赖性不充分的问题。In addition, the substrate with a light-shielding material described in Patent Document 3 has a problem of insufficient wavelength dependence of reflectance because a colored resin layer is formed on the substrate.

本发明的第1课题在于提供生产性良好、且能够实现优异的低反射性的带遮光材料的基板。A first object of the present invention is to provide a substrate with a light-shielding material that has good productivity and can realize excellent low reflectivity.

本发明的第2课题在于提供可实现优异的低反射性、并且反射率的波长依赖性小的带遮光材料的基板。A second object of the present invention is to provide a substrate with a light-shielding material capable of achieving excellent low reflectivity and having a small wavelength dependence of reflectivity.

本发明的第3课题在于提供用于以高生产性形成能够实现优异的低反射性的带遮光材料的基板的着色树脂组合物。A third object of the present invention is to provide a colored resin composition for forming a substrate with a light-shielding material capable of achieving excellent low reflectivity with high productivity.

解决问题的方法way of solving the problem

本发明人为了解决上述第1课题而进行了深入研究,结果发现,通过使遮光材料含有特定的微粒,并控制该微粒在厚度方向的浓度分布,可使生产性良好,并实现优异的低反射性。The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned first problem. As a result, they found that by adding specific fine particles to the light-shielding material and controlling the concentration distribution of the fine particles in the thickness direction, good productivity and excellent low reflection can be realized. sex.

另外,为了解决上述第2课题而进行了深入研究,结果发现,通过使遮光材料的透明基板侧和其相反侧含有特定的色材,并控制厚度方向的OD值,可实现优异的低反射性,并且能够减小反射率的波长依赖性。In addition, as a result of intensive research to solve the above-mentioned second problem, it has been found that excellent low reflectivity can be achieved by adding a specific color material to the transparent substrate side and the opposite side of the light-shielding material and controlling the OD value in the thickness direction. , and can reduce the wavelength dependence of reflectivity.

进一步,为了解决上述第3课题而进行了深入研究,结果发现,通过使着色树脂组合物中含有特定量的特定粒子,能够以高生产性形成可实现优异的低反射性的带遮光材料的基板。Furthermore, as a result of intensive research to solve the above-mentioned third problem, it has been found that a substrate with a light-shielding material capable of achieving excellent low reflectivity can be formed with high productivity by including a specific amount of specific particles in the colored resin composition .

即,本发明以下述[1]~[18]为主要技术方案。That is, the present invention takes the following [1] to [18] as main technical means.

[1]一种带遮光材料的基板,其是在透明基板上具有遮光材料的带遮光材料的基板,其中,[1] A substrate with a light-shielding material, which is a substrate with a light-shielding material having a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, wherein,

所述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足下述(1)及(2),The light-shielding material includes (A) color material and (B) organic binding material, and satisfies the following (1) and (2),

(1)所述遮光材料含有(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒。(1) The light-shielding material contains (C) fine particles having a refractive index of 1.2 or more and 1.8 or less.

(2)所述遮光材料中的所述微粒的浓度在厚度方向上不同,与所述透明基板相反侧的所述微粒的浓度低于所述透明基板侧的所述微粒的浓度。(2) The concentration of the particles in the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the concentration of the particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is lower than the concentration of the particles on the side of the transparent substrate.

[2]上述[1]所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,与所述透明基板相反侧的OD值高于所述透明基板侧的OD值。[2] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to the above [1], wherein the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the OD value on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is higher than that of the transparent substrate side OD value.

[3]上述[1]或[2]所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(C)微粒为无机微粒。[3] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to [1] or [2] above, wherein the (C) fine particles are inorganic fine particles.

[4]上述[3]所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述无机微粒为二氧化硅粒子。[4] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to the above [3], wherein the inorganic fine particles are silica particles.

[5]上述[1]~[4]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(A)色材含有选自炭黑、钛黑及有机着色颜料中的一种以上。[5] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the (A) color material contains one or more selected from carbon black, titanium black, and organic coloring pigments.

[6]一种带遮光材料的基板,其是在透明基板上具有遮光材料的带遮光材料的基板,其中,[6] A substrate with a light-shielding material, which is a substrate with a light-shielding material having a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, wherein,

所述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足下述(3)~(5)The light-shielding material includes (A) color material and (B) organic binding material, and satisfies the following (3)-(5)

(3)所述遮光材料的透明基板侧含有黑色颜料作为(A)色材。(3) The transparent substrate side of the light-shielding material contains a black pigment as the (A) color material.

(4)所述遮光材料的与透明基板相反一侧含有颜料作为(A)色材。(4) The side of the light-shielding material opposite to the transparent substrate contains a pigment as the (A) color material.

(5)所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,相比于所述透明基板侧,与所述透明基板相反一侧更高。(5) The OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material differs in the thickness direction, and is higher on the side opposite to the transparent substrate than on the transparent substrate side.

[7]上述[1]~[6]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值为2.5以上。[7] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [6] above, wherein the light-shielding material has an OD value per 1 μm of 2.5 or more.

[8]上述[1]~[7]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(B)有机结合材料为可溶于碱的树脂的固化物。[8] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the (B) organic binder is a cured product of an alkali-soluble resin.

[9]上述[1]~[8]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料还含有(E)光聚合引发剂。[9] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [8] above, wherein the light-shielding material further contains (E) a photopolymerization initiator.

[10]上述[1]~[9]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其在波长550nm下的相对反射率为1.0%以下。[10] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [9] above, which has a relative reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm of 1.0% or less.

(其中,所述相对反射率是从所述透明基板侧以入射角5度入射光并以镜面板为基准而测定的值。)(The relative reflectance is a value measured by incident light at an incident angle of 5 degrees from the transparent substrate side and using a mirror plate as a reference.)

[11]上述[10]所述的带遮光材料的基板,其在波长450~650nm下的所述相对反射率的上限值与下限值之差为0.5%以下。[11] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to [10] above, wherein the difference between the upper limit and the lower limit of the relative reflectance at a wavelength of 450 to 650 nm is 0.5% or less.

[12]上述[1]~[11]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料由2层以上的层构成。[12] The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [11] above, wherein the light-shielding material is composed of two or more layers.

[13]一种滤色器,其具有上述[1]~[12]中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板。[13] A color filter comprising the substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of [1] to [12] above.

[14]一种液晶显示装置,其具有上述[13]所述的滤色器。[14] A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter described in the above [13].

[15]一种着色树脂组合物,其包含:(A)色材、(B’)有机结合材料、(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒、及(D)有机溶剂,[15] A colored resin composition comprising: (A) a color material, (B') an organic binder, (C) fine particles having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8, and (D) an organic solvent,

其中,(C)微粒的含量为15质量%以上。However, the content of (C) fine particles is 15% by mass or more.

[16]上述[15]所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,(C)微粒为无机微粒。[16] The colored resin composition according to [15] above, wherein the (C) fine particles are inorganic fine particles.

[17]上述[16]所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,所述无机微粒为二氧化硅粒子。[17] The colored resin composition according to the above [16], wherein the inorganic fine particles are silica particles.

[18]上述[15]~[17]中任一项所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,(A)色材含有选自炭黑、钛黑及有机着色颜料中的一种以上。[18] The colored resin composition according to any one of [15] to [17] above, wherein the (A) color material contains one or more selected from carbon black, titanium black, and organic coloring pigments.

发明的效果The effect of the invention

本发明的第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板的生产性良好,并且能够实现优异的低反射性。The substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention has good productivity and can realize excellent low reflectivity.

另外,本发明的第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板可实现优异的低反射性,并且反射率的波长依赖性小。In addition, the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the second embodiment of the present invention can achieve excellent low reflectivity, and the wavelength dependence of reflectivity is small.

此外,本发明的第3实施方式涉及的着色树脂组合物能够以高生产性形成可实现优的低反射性的带遮光材料的基板。Moreover, the colored resin composition which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention can form the board|substrate with a light-shielding material which can realize excellent low reflectivity with high productivity.

附图说明Description of drawings

[图1]图1(a)及图1(b)是用于说明本发明的带遮光材料的基板的一个实施方式的示意图。[FIG. 1] FIG. 1(a) and FIG. 1(b) are schematic views for explaining one embodiment of the substrate with a light-shielding material of the present invention.

[图2]图2(a)~图2(c)是对本发明的遮光材料的形成工序进行说明的侧面剖切示意图,图2(a)表示涂布工序、图2(b)表示曝光工序、图2(c)表示显影后的遮光材料。[Fig. 2] Fig. 2(a) to Fig. 2(c) are side cross-sectional schematic diagrams illustrating the formation process of the light-shielding material of the present invention, Fig. 2(a) showing the coating process, and Fig. 2(b) showing the exposure process , FIG. 2(c) shows the light-shielding material after development.

[图3]图3(a)及图3(b)是对相对反射率的测定方法进行说明的侧面剖切示意图。[ Fig. 3] Fig. 3(a) and Fig. 3(b) are side cross-sectional schematic diagrams illustrating a method of measuring relative reflectance.

[图4]图4(a)及图4(b)是测定反射率时相对于波长的反射率分布的坐标图,图4(a)是在实施例2中存在防反射膜而测定反射率R1时相对于波长的反射率分布的坐标图,图4(b)是在实施例2中未设置防反射膜而测定反射率R3时相对于波长的反射率分布的坐标图。[Fig. 4] Fig. 4(a) and Fig. 4(b) are graphs of the reflectance distribution with respect to the wavelength when the reflectance is measured, and Fig. 4(a) is the reflectance measured with the anti-reflection film in Example 2 Graph 4(b) is a graph of reflectance distribution with respect to wavelength at R1, and FIG.

符号说明Symbol Description

1 微粒1 particle

10 遮光材料10 Shading material

11 透明基板11 Transparent Substrate

12 第1遮光层12 1st shading layer

12A 第1遮光层用涂膜12A Coating film for the first light-shielding layer

13 第2遮光层13 2nd shading layer

13A 第2遮光层用涂膜13A Coating film for the second light-shielding layer

14 防反射膜14 Anti-reflection film

15 光掩模15 photomask

16 测定入射光路16 Determination of the incident light path

17 测定反射光路17 Determination of reflected light path

具体实施方式detailed description

以下,针对本发明的实施方式进行具体说明,但本发明并不限定于以下实施方式,可以在不超出其要点的范围内进行各种变形而实施。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described, but the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments, and various modifications can be made within a range not exceeding the gist.

在本发明中,所述折射率表示在波长589nm下的折射率。In the present invention, the refractive index means a refractive index at a wavelength of 589 nm.

另外,在本发明中,所述“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸和/或甲基丙烯酸”,关于“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”、“(甲基)丙烯酰基”也同样。In addition, in this invention, the said "(meth)acryl" means "acryl and/or methacryl", and it is the same about "(meth)acrylate" and "(meth)acryl".

另外,在本发明中,所述“全部固体成分”表示包含在着色树脂组合物中或后述的油墨中的除溶剂以外的全部成分。In addition, in the present invention, the "total solid content" means all the components contained in the colored resin composition or the ink described later except for the solvent.

另外,在本发明中,所述重均分子量是指采用GPC(凝胶渗透色谱法)并换算成聚苯乙烯的重均分子量(Mw)。需要说明的是,在本说明书中,“质量”表示“重量”。In addition, in this invention, the said weight average molecular weight means the weight average molecular weight (Mw) converted into polystyrene by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). In addition, in this specification, "mass" means "weight".

另外,在本发明中,在没有特殊说明的情况下,所述“胺值”表示换算成有效固体成分的胺值,是以与分散剂的每1g固体成分的碱量相当的KOH的质量表示的值。需要说明的是,其测定方法如后面所述。In addition, in the present invention, unless otherwise specified, the "amine value" means the amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali per 1 g of solid content of the dispersant. value. In addition, the measuring method is as follows.

另外,在本发明中,所述“遮光材料”是设置在透明基板上的具有遮光性的固化物,表示在涂布着色树脂组合物后进行干燥并进行涂膜化而成的材料、对其涂膜进行曝光和/或显影而成的材料等。本发明的遮光材料也包括黑色矩阵、框缘等。In addition, in the present invention, the "light-shielding material" is a light-shielding cured product provided on a transparent substrate, and means a material obtained by applying a colored resin composition, drying it, and forming a film. A material obtained by exposing and/or developing a coated film. The light-shielding material of the present invention also includes a black matrix, a frame, and the like.

<第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板><Substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment>

本发明的第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板在透明基板上具有遮光材料,其特征在于,上述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足以下的(1)及(2)。The substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention has a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, wherein the light-shielding material includes (A) a color material and (B) an organic binder, and satisfies the following (1) and (2).

(1)上述遮光材料含有(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒。(1) The light-shielding material contains (C) fine particles having a refractive index of 1.2 or more and 1.8 or less.

(2)上述遮光材料中的上述微粒的浓度在厚度方向上不同,与上述透明基板相反侧的上述微粒的浓度低于上述透明基板侧的上述微粒的浓度。(2) The concentration of the particles in the light-shielding material varies in the thickness direction, and the concentration of the particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is lower than the concentration of the particles on the side of the transparent substrate.

这样,通过以使遮光材料中的(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒(以下简称为“(C)微粒”)的浓度在厚度方向上不同、并且使与透明基板相反侧的微粒浓度低于透明基板侧的微粒浓度的方式构成,在多次涂布着色树脂组合物而形成遮光材料的情况下,存在能够抑制在涂布完成的着色树脂组合物上进一步涂布着色树脂组合物时可能发生的、涂布完成的着色树脂组合物的溶解的倾向,因此存在经过1次曝光显影即可容易地构成遮光材料的倾向。进一步,通过使(C)微粒的折射率在特定范围内,存在能够抑制由(C)微粒引起的光的反射的倾向。In this way, by making the concentration of particles (C) having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8 in the light-shielding material (hereinafter simply referred to as "(C) particles") vary in the thickness direction, and making the concentration of particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate The particle concentration is lower than that on the transparent substrate side, and in the case of forming a light-shielding material by applying the colored resin composition multiple times, it may be possible to suppress further application of the colored resin composition on the coated colored resin composition. Since the coated colored resin composition tends to dissolve, which may occur, there is a tendency that the light-shielding material can be easily formed through one exposure and development. Furthermore, there exists a tendency for the reflection of light by (C) microparticles to be suppressed by setting the refractive index of (C) microparticles|fine-particles in a specific range.

作为本发明的第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板的一例,可列举如图1(a)所示那样的,遮光材料10中的(C)微粒1的浓度在厚度方向上逐渐变化,并且相比于上述透明基板11侧,与上述透明基板11相反侧的(C)微粒1的浓度更低的带遮光材料的基板。为了得到这样的带遮光材料的基板,可列举以使(C)微粒的浓度逐渐变低的方式多次涂布(C)微粒的浓度不同的着色树脂组合物的方法。也可以在透明基板上涂布1次含有(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物,并在其上涂布不含有(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物。该情况下,通过利用同一种类或相似种类的材料构成各种着色树脂组合物中的(B)有机结合材料,存在能够抑制由多次涂布引起的界面的形成的倾向。As an example of the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. And (C) a substrate with a light-shielding material having a lower concentration of fine particles 1 on the side opposite to the above-mentioned transparent substrate 11 than on the side of the above-mentioned transparent substrate 11 . In order to obtain such a substrate with a light-shielding material, a method of applying a colored resin composition having a different concentration of (C) fine particles multiple times so that the concentration of (C) fine particles gradually decreases. A colored resin composition containing (C) fine particles may be applied once on a transparent substrate, and a colored resin composition not containing (C) fine particles may be applied thereon. In this case, by constituting the (B) organic binder in various colored resin compositions with the same type or a similar type of material, there is a tendency that the formation of the interface due to multiple coatings can be suppressed.

另外,可列举如图1(b)所示那样的,使遮光材料10由2层以上的层(第1遮光层12和第2遮光层13)构成、并使与透明基板11相反侧的层中的(C)微粒1的浓度低于透明基板11侧的带遮光材料的基板。例如,为了得到这样的带遮光材料的基板,可列举以使(C)微粒的浓度逐渐变低的方式多次涂布(C)微粒的浓度不同的着色树脂组合物的方法。也可以在透明基板上涂布1次含有(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物,并在其上涂布不含有(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物。该情况下,通过利用不同种类的材料构成各种着色树脂组合物中的(B)有机结合材料,存在在多次涂布时可形成界面的倾向。关于叠层结构,没有特殊限定,例如可以使2层以上的遮光层相对于与透明基板的接触面平行地叠层。另外,对于叠层数没有特殊限制,但由于叠层数多时会导致遮光材料形成时着色树脂组合物的涂布工序数增多、制造效率变差,因此优选为2~4层、更优选为2~3层、进一步优选为2层。In addition, as shown in FIG. 1( b ), the light-shielding material 10 is made of two or more layers (the first light-shielding layer 12 and the second light-shielding layer 13 ), and the layer on the opposite side to the transparent substrate 11 is (C) The concentration of microparticles 1 in (C) is lower than that of the substrate with a light-shielding material on the transparent substrate 11 side. For example, in order to obtain such a substrate with a light-shielding material, a method of applying colored resin compositions having different concentrations of (C) fine particles multiple times so that the concentration of (C) fine particles gradually decreases. A colored resin composition containing (C) fine particles may be applied once on a transparent substrate, and a colored resin composition not containing (C) fine particles may be applied thereon. In this case, by constituting (B) the organic binder in various colored resin compositions with different types of materials, there is a tendency that an interface can be formed at the time of multiple application. The laminated structure is not particularly limited, and for example, two or more light-shielding layers may be laminated parallel to the contact surface with the transparent substrate. In addition, the number of laminations is not particularly limited, but when the number of laminations is large, the number of coating steps of the colored resin composition during the formation of the light-shielding material increases and the production efficiency deteriorates. Therefore, it is preferably 2 to 4 layers, more preferably 2 layers. -3 layers, more preferably 2 layers.

这样,本发明的第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板只要至少包含如图1(a)或图1(b)所示那样的、以使遮光材料中的(C)微粒的浓度在厚度方向上不同,并且相比于上述透明基板侧,与上述透明基板相反侧的(C)微粒的浓度更低的方式构成的区域即可。例如,通过使遮光材料不仅包含图1(b)的第1遮光层及第2遮光层、还在第2遮光层13上进一步包含作为第3遮光层的与第1遮光层相同的层,可以使其包含以使(C)微粒的浓度在与透明基板相反侧高于透明基板侧的方式构成的区域。In this way, the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention only needs to include at least as shown in FIG. 1( a ) or FIG. The directions are different, and the concentration of the (C) fine particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate may be lower than that on the transparent substrate side. For example, by making the light-shielding material include not only the first light-shielding layer and the second light-shielding layer in FIG. A region configured such that the concentration of (C) fine particles is higher on the side opposite to the transparent substrate than on the transparent substrate side is included.

作为(C)微粒,可优选采用下述记载的微粒。As (C) fine particles, those described below can be preferably used.

通常,透明基板与遮光材料界面的反射率的程度因透明基板与遮光材料的折射率之差而不同。例如,被用作透明基板的玻璃、树脂、以及作为着色树脂组合物的组分的树脂的折射率大致为1.4~1.6。与此相对,(A)色材的折射率存在高于它们的倾向。例如,炭黑的折射率大致为2.0-i(复数)。因此,随着用于形成遮光材料的着色树脂组合物中炭黑的量增加,着色树脂组合物的折射率变高,其结果,与透明基板的折射率之差变大,透明基板与遮光材料界面的反射率增高。因此,难以兼顾高遮光性和低反射率。Generally, the degree of reflectance at the interface between the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material differs depending on the difference in refractive index between the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material. For example, glass, resin used as a transparent substrate, and resin as a component of a colored resin composition have a refractive index of approximately 1.4 to 1.6. On the other hand, there exists a tendency for the refractive index of (A) color material to be higher than these. For example, the refractive index of carbon black is approximately 2.0-i (complex number). Therefore, as the amount of carbon black in the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material increases, the refractive index of the colored resin composition becomes higher, and as a result, the difference in refractive index with the transparent substrate becomes larger, and the interface between the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material increased reflectivity. Therefore, it is difficult to achieve both high light-shielding property and low reflectance.

另一方面,欲利用通常的着色树脂组合物实施多层化的情况下,在涂布着色树脂组合物并进行干燥而形成第1层涂膜之后涂布用于第2层的着色树脂组合物时,第1层的涂膜有时会因第2层的涂布液的溶剂而发生溶解。On the other hand, when multilayering is to be performed with a normal colored resin composition, the colored resin composition for the second layer is applied after the colored resin composition is applied and dried to form a first-layer coating film. In this case, the coating film of the first layer may be dissolved by the solvent of the coating liquid of the second layer.

为了解决这样的问题,第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料含有(C)微粒。在本发明中,作为添加(C)微粒的效果,包括填充效果,可列举提高着色树脂组合物的耐溶剂性。另外,通过减少着色树脂组合物中树脂成分所占的含量,也会提高耐溶剂性。这些效果在添加(A)色材时多少也能够获得一些,但基于上述理由,倾向于成为在增加(A)色材的量时导致反射率升高的原因。In order to solve such a problem, the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment contains (C) fine particles. In this invention, as an effect of adding (C) microparticles|fine-particles, including a filling effect, improvement of the solvent resistance of a colored resin composition is mentioned. In addition, solvent resistance can also be improved by reducing the content of the resin component in the colored resin composition. These effects can be obtained to some extent by adding the (A) color material, but for the above reasons, increasing the amount of the (A) color material tends to cause an increase in reflectance.

作为能够在第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中使用的(C)微粒,可列举二氧化硅微粒、树脂微粒等,但并不限定于这些微粒。(C)微粒的折射率为1.2以上、优选为1.3以上、更优选为1.4以上,另外,为1.8以下、优选为1.7以下、更优选为1.6以下。(C)微粒的折射率如果过大,倾向于成为导致遮光材料的折射率增大、透明基板与遮光材料界面的反射率升高的原因。(C)微粒可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。Examples of (C) microparticles that can be used in the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment include silica microparticles, resin microparticles, and the like, but are not limited to these microparticles. (C) The refractive index of the microparticles is 1.2 or more, preferably 1.3 or more, more preferably 1.4 or more, and 1.8 or less, preferably 1.7 or less, more preferably 1.6 or less. (C) If the refractive index of the fine particles is too large, the refractive index of the light-shielding material tends to increase and the reflectance at the interface between the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material tends to increase. (C) Fine particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作为折射率满足上述范围的微粒,可列举例如无机微粒或树脂微粒,从能够简便地获得期望的粒径的观点考虑,优选为无机微粒,从能够进一步减小粒径的观点考虑,更优选为氧化物粒子。As fine particles whose refractive index satisfies the above-mentioned range, for example, inorganic fine particles or resin fine particles are exemplified, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a desired particle diameter, inorganic fine particles are preferable, and from the viewpoint of further reducing the particle diameter, more preferably oxide particles.

作为氧化物粒子,可列举例如氧化硅(二氧化硅)、氧化铝、氧化锆,从分散性的观点考虑,更优选为氧化硅(二氧化硅)的微粒。Examples of oxide particles include silicon oxide (silicon dioxide), aluminum oxide, and zirconium oxide, and more preferably fine particles of silicon oxide (silicon dioxide) from the viewpoint of dispersibility.

作为二氧化硅微粒,可使用干式二氧化硅、胶体二氧化硅、或其溶剂分散品等。这些二氧化硅微粒优选在分散于有机溶剂中之后与其它成分混合而用于着色树脂组合物的制备。或者,也可以将(A)色材和二氧化硅混合并分散后进行添加。As the silica fine particles, dry silica, colloidal silica, or a solvent dispersion thereof may be used. These silica fine particles are preferably used in the preparation of a colored resin composition after being dispersed in an organic solvent and mixed with other components. Alternatively, the (A) color material and silica may be mixed and dispersed, and then added.

(C)微粒的平均粒径可利用BET法等进行测定,优选为5nm以上、更优选为10nm以上,另外,优选为100nm以下、更优选为20nm以下。(C)微粒的平均粒径如果过小,则无法保持分散稳定性,另外,如果过大,则有时会对所形成的遮光材料的平面均匀性造成破坏。(C) The average particle size of the microparticles can be measured by BET method or the like, and is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less. (C) If the average particle size of the fine particles is too small, the dispersion stability cannot be maintained, and if it is too large, the planar uniformity of the formed light-shielding material may be damaged.

作为能够用于本发明的二氧化硅微粒的一例,作为干式二氧化硅,可列举NipponAerosil公司制造的AEROSIL系列,作为胶体二氧化硅,可列举日产化学株式会社制造的SNOWTEX系列、ORGANOSILICA SOL系列等。As an example of silica microparticles that can be used in the present invention, dry silica includes AEROSIL series manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., and colloidal silica includes SNOWTEX series and ORGANOSILICA SOL series manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. Wait.

作为树脂粒子,可列举丙烯酸树脂微粒,但并不限定于此。在制备着色树脂组合物时,树脂微粒可以分散于(D)有机溶剂中使用,也可以在与(A)色材混合后使其共分散。基于与二氧化硅微粒同样的理由,树脂微粒的基于BET法的平均粒径优选为20~500nm、更优选为30~300nm。Examples of the resin particles include acrylic resin fine particles, but are not limited thereto. When preparing the colored resin composition, the resin fine particles may be used dispersed in (D) organic solvent, or may be co-dispersed after being mixed with (A) color material. For the same reason as the silica fine particles, the average particle diameter of the resin fine particles by the BET method is preferably 20 to 500 nm, more preferably 30 to 300 nm.

在第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中,作为(C)微粒,上述中优选二氧化硅微粒,进一步优选胶体二氧化硅的溶剂分散品。In the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, as the (C) fine particles, among the above, silica fine particles are preferable, and a solvent dispersion product of colloidal silica is more preferable.

另外,关于(C)微粒在遮光材料中的厚度方向上的浓度,例如可利用以下方法进行确认。In addition, the density|concentration of the thickness direction of (C) microparticles|fine-particles in a light-shielding material can be confirmed by the following method, for example.

(1)SEM二次电子图像(1) SEM secondary electron image

确认透明基板及遮光材料的剖面的SEM二次电子图像。例如,在使用二氧化硅粒子、金属氧化物粒子等作为(C)微粒的情况下,由于二氧化硅粒子、金属氧化物粒子等的强度比源自有机结合材料、光聚合性化合物等的碳原子的强度强,因此在剖面上可以确认浓度分布。Check the SEM secondary electron image of the cross section of the transparent substrate and light-shielding material. For example, in the case of using silica particles, metal oxide particles, etc. as the (C) fine particles, since the strength of the silica particles, metal oxide particles, etc. The intensity of atoms is strong, so the concentration distribution can be confirmed on the cross section.

(2)基于SEM-EDS的元素分析(2) Elemental analysis based on SEM-EDS

利用SEM-EDS对透明基板及遮光材料的剖面进行元素分析,测定在厚度方向上的强度分布(线分析)。The cross-section of the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material was subjected to elemental analysis by SEM-EDS, and the intensity distribution in the thickness direction was measured (line analysis).

例如,在透明基板为玻璃基板且(C)微粒为二氧化硅粒子的情况下等,通过对本发明的带遮光材料的基板和不含有二氧化硅粒子的带遮光材料的的基板进行测定,并以玻璃面进行归一化,求出其差示谱在厚度方向上的强度分布,由此可以确认浓度分布。For example, when the transparent substrate is a glass substrate and the (C) particles are silica particles, etc., by measuring the substrate with a light-shielding material of the present invention and the substrate with a light-shielding material not containing silica particles, and The concentration distribution can be confirmed by normalizing to the glass surface and obtaining the intensity distribution in the thickness direction of the differential spectrum.

即,如果差示谱的强度在厚度方向上是均匀的,则表明(C)微粒在厚度方向上不存在浓度分布,另一方面,如果差示谱的强度在透明基板侧强,则表明透明基板侧的(C)微粒的浓度高。That is, if the intensity of the differential spectrum is uniform in the thickness direction, it indicates that there is no concentration distribution of (C) fine particles in the thickness direction. On the other hand, if the intensity of the differential spectrum is strong on the transparent substrate side, it indicates that the transparent The concentration of (C) fine particles on the substrate side is high.

本发明的第1实施方式涉及的遮光材料的每1μm的OD值(以下称为“单位OD值”,有些情况下以“/μm”表示其单位)优选为2.5以上、更优选为3.0以上、进一步优选3.5以上。通过使该单位OD值在上述下限值以上,存在能够获得充分的遮光性的倾向。另一方面,单位OD值越大则遮光材料的遮光性越高,越优选,但如果为了使单位OD值进一步增高而增加色材的添加量,则可能导致相对于基板的密合性、显影性受损,因此优选遮光材料的单位OD值为5.0/μm以下、进一步优选4.5/μm以下。每1μm的OD值可通过将遮光材料整体的OD值换算为每厚度1μm的值而求出。The OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as “unit OD value”, and the unit may be represented by “/μm” in some cases) is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 3.0 or more, More preferably, it is 3.5 or more. There exists a tendency for sufficient light-shielding property to be acquired by making this unit OD value more than the said lower limit. On the other hand, the larger the unit OD value, the higher the light-shielding properties of the light-shielding material, which is more preferable. However, if the added amount of the color material is increased in order to further increase the unit OD value, it may cause poor adhesion to the substrate and poor development. Therefore, the unit OD value of the light-shielding material is preferably 5.0/μm or less, more preferably 4.5/μm or less. The OD value per 1 μm can be obtained by converting the OD value of the entire light-shielding material into a value per 1 μm of thickness.

另外,就本发明的第1实施方式涉及的遮光材料而言,优选遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,且相比于透明基板侧,与透明基板相反一侧的每1μm的OD值更低。通过这样地构成,存在能够更简便地兼顾高遮光性和低反射性的倾向。In addition, in the light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable that the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and that the OD value per 1 μm on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is higher than that on the side opposite to the transparent substrate. OD value is lower. With such a configuration, there is a tendency that both high light-shielding properties and low reflectivity can be achieved more easily.

例如,遮光材料的透明基板侧的单位OD值优选为0.1/μm以上、更优选为0.5/μm以上,另外,优选为1.5/μm以下、更优选为1.0/μm以下。通过在上述下限值以上,存在能够在进行多次涂布时抑制涂布完成的着色树脂组合物的溶解的倾向,另外,通过在上述上限值以下,存在能够降低反射率的倾向。透明基板侧的单位OD值例如可通过测定距透明基板的厚度在0.5μm以内的范围内的OD值,并用该值除以厚度而求出。需要说明的是,在遮光材料由2层以上的层形成的情况下,可以测定透明基板上的第1层的单位OD值。For example, the unit OD value of the light-shielding material on the transparent substrate side is preferably 0.1/μm or more, more preferably 0.5/μm or more, and preferably 1.5/μm or less, more preferably 1.0/μm or less. When it is more than the said lower limit, it exists in the tendency which can suppress the dissolution of the coated colored resin composition at the time of performing multiple coatings, and when it is below the said upper limit, it exists in the tendency which can reduce reflectance. The unit OD value on the transparent substrate side can be obtained, for example, by measuring the OD value within a range of 0.5 μm from the thickness of the transparent substrate and dividing the value by the thickness. In addition, when the light-shielding material consists of two or more layers, the unit OD value of the 1st layer on a transparent substrate can be measured.

另一方面,与透明基板相反侧的单位OD值优选为2.5/μm以上、更优选为3.0/μm以上,另外,优选为5.0/μm以下、更优选为4.5/μm以下。通过在上述范围内,存在使遮光材料整体上实现所期望的遮光性的倾向。与透明基板相反侧的单位OD值例如可通过测定距遮光材料的上表面的厚度在0.5μm以内的范围内的OD值,并用该值除以厚度而求出。需要说明的是,在遮光材料由2层以上的层形成的情况下,可以测定透明基板上的第1层以外的第2层以后的单位OD值。On the other hand, the unit OD value on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is preferably 2.5/μm or more, more preferably 3.0/μm or more, and preferably 5.0/μm or less, more preferably 4.5/μm or less. There exists a tendency for the light-shielding material as a whole to realize desired light-shielding property by being in the said range. The unit OD value on the side opposite to the transparent substrate can be obtained, for example, by measuring the OD value within a thickness of 0.5 μm from the upper surface of the light-shielding material and dividing the value by the thickness. In addition, when the light-shielding material consists of two or more layers, the unit OD value of the 2nd layer other than the 1st layer on a transparent substrate can be measured.

另外,本发明的第1实施方式涉及的遮光材料在波长550nm下的相对反射率优选为1.0%以下、更优选为0.7%以下,另外,通常为0.1%以上。上述相对反射率可以从透明基板侧以入射角5度入射光并以镜面板为基准进行测定。这样,通过使基板与遮光材料间的反射率在上述上限值以下,可以得到可获得来自外部的映入少且良好的图像的遮光材料。另外,由于通过使遮光材料含有色材,多少会发生一些反射,因此存在达到上述下限值以上的倾向。In addition, the relative reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention is preferably 1.0% or less, more preferably 0.7% or less, and usually 0.1% or more. The above-mentioned relative reflectance can be measured with light incident at an incident angle of 5 degrees from the transparent substrate side and using the mirror plate as a reference. In this way, by setting the reflectance between the substrate and the light-shielding material to be equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, a light-shielding material capable of obtaining a good image with little reflection from the outside can be obtained. Moreover, since some reflection occurs by making a light-shielding material contain a coloring material, there exists a tendency for it to become more than the said lower limit.

另外,本发明的第1实施方式涉及的遮光材料在波长450~650nm下的相对反射率的上限值与下限值之差优选为0.5%以下、更优选为0.3%以下,且通常为0.01%以上。通过在上述上限值以下,存在可以使遮光材料的色调为黑色、可以使制作面板时的色调达到期望的色调的倾向。另外,由于色材的反射率多少会因波长不同而有所差异,因此存在产生0.01%以上的上下限差的倾向。In addition, the difference between the upper limit and the lower limit of the relative reflectance of the light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention at a wavelength of 450 to 650 nm is preferably 0.5% or less, more preferably 0.3% or less, and usually 0.01% or less. %above. By being below the said upper limit, there exists a tendency that the color tone of a light-shielding material can be made black, and the color tone at the time of panel production can be made into a desired color tone. In addition, since the reflectance of the color material differs somewhat depending on the wavelength, there is a tendency for the upper and lower limits of 0.01% or more to occur.

本发明的第1实施方式涉及的遮光材料的总膜厚优选为0.2μm以上、更优选为0.5μm以上、进一步优选为0.8μm以上,另外,优选为20μm以下、更优选为10μm以下、进一步优选为5μm以下。如果遮光材料的总膜厚过薄,则有时无法获得充分的遮光性,如果过厚,则可能导致在设置彩色像素时在边界部产生高度差,在进行面板化而制成液晶显示面板装置时有时会导致作为液晶单元间隙的叠加间隔距离变得不均匀,成为单元间隙不良的原因。The total film thickness of the light-shielding material according to the first embodiment of the present invention is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, still more preferably 0.8 μm or more, and is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, still more preferably 5 μm or less. If the total film thickness of the light-shielding material is too thin, sufficient light-shielding properties may not be obtained, and if it is too thick, there may be a difference in height at the border when disposing color pixels. In some cases, the stacking interval distance serving as a liquid crystal cell gap becomes non-uniform, which may cause a cell gap defect.

遮光材料由2层以上的层构成的情况下,透明基板上的第1层的膜厚优选为0.2μm以上、更优选为0.5μm以上,另外,优选为1.5μm以下、更优选0.8μm以下。如果第1层的膜厚过薄,则可能会导致第2层以后的层的反射率升高,如果过厚,则有时无法使遮光材料整体上实现期望的遮光性。When the light-shielding material consists of two or more layers, the film thickness of the first layer on the transparent substrate is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and preferably 1.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.8 μm or less. If the film thickness of the first layer is too thin, the reflectance of the layers after the second layer may increase, and if it is too thick, it may not be possible to achieve desired light-shielding properties of the light-shielding material as a whole.

作为透明基板,通常可使用在本发明的滤色器的说明中如后面所述的基板。As the transparent substrate, generally, substrates described later in the description of the color filter of the present invention can be used.

作为用于遮光材料的(A)色材,可优选采用在以下的<(A)色材>中记载的色材。特别是,可以采用在<第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板>中记载的色材。As (A) color material used for a light-shielding material, the color material described in the following <(A) color material> can be used preferably. In particular, the color materials described in <Substrate with light-shielding material according to the second embodiment> can be used.

另外,作为(B)有机结合材料,可列举例如使后面所述的(B’)有机结合材料固化而成的材料。在使用包含(E)光聚合引发剂、其它成分的(B’)有机结合材料的情况下,遮光材料中也可以包含(E)光聚合引发剂、其它成分。In addition, examples of the (B) organic binder include those obtained by curing the (B') organic binder described later. When using (B') organic binder containing (E) photopolymerization initiator and other components, (E) photopolymerization initiator and other components may be contained in light-shielding material.

第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料通常可以使用至少含有(A)色材、(B)有机结合材料及根据需要的(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物而形成。The light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment can usually be formed using a colored resin composition containing at least (A) color material, (B) organic binder, and if necessary (C) fine particles.

<(A)色材><(A) color material>

第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料、以及用于形成该遮光材料的着色树脂组合物通常含有(A)色材。作为(A)色材,可使用染料、颜料,但从耐热性、耐光性等方面考虑,优选颜料。例如,可列举被赋予了C.I.颜料编号的公知颜料。由金属单质构成的粒子不包括在颜料中。The light-shielding material in the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, and the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material usually contain the (A) color material. As the (A) color material, dyes and pigments can be used, but pigments are preferred in terms of heat resistance, light resistance, and the like. For example, known pigments assigned C.I. pigment numbers can be mentioned. Particles composed of simple metals are not included in pigments.

关于色材所呈的颜色,没有特殊限定,但从实现高遮光性的观点考虑,优选为黑色。The color that the color material exhibits is not particularly limited, but it is preferably black from the viewpoint of realizing high light-shielding properties.

作为黑色色材,可列举:炭黑、钛黑、乙炔黑、灯黑、骨炭、石墨、苯胺黑、花青黑、苝黑(BASF K0084、K0086)、氧化铁系黑色颜料等黑色颜料。Examples of black color materials include black pigments such as carbon black, titanium black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone char, graphite, aniline black, cyan black, perylene black (BASF K0084, K0086), and iron oxide-based black pigments.

另外,也可以使用日本特开2010-134453号公报中记载的以银锡合金为主成分的微粒等,这种情况下,从抑制图案的剥离等的观点考虑,也可以如该公报中记载的那样,组合使用特定的光聚合引发剂。另外,从形成期望的图案形状的观点考虑,也可以如日本特开2013-130843号公报中记载的那样,组合使用特定的可溶于碱的树脂。进一步,从形成期望的图案形状的观点考虑,还可以如日本特开2013-134264号公报中记载的那样与特定的苝类黑色颜料(苝黑)组合使用。In addition, fine particles mainly composed of silver-tin alloy described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-134453 can also be used. In that case, specific photopolymerization initiators are used in combination. In addition, from the viewpoint of forming a desired pattern shape, specific alkali-soluble resins may be used in combination as described in JP-A-2013-130843. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of forming a desired pattern shape, it can also be used in combination with a specific perylene-based black pigment (perylene black) as described in JP-A-2013-134264.

这些当中,从遮光率、图像特性的观点考虑,优选炭黑、钛黑。Among these, carbon black and titanium black are preferable from the viewpoint of light-shielding ratio and image characteristics.

作为炭黑的例子,可列举如下所述的炭黑。As an example of carbon black, the following carbon black is mentioned.

三菱化学株式会社制:MA7、MA77、MA8、MA11、MA100、MA100R、MA220、MA230、MA600、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、OIL11B、OIL30B、OIL31BMade by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA7, MA77, MA8, MA11, MA100, MA100R, MA220, MA230, MA600, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40, #44 , #45, #47, #50, #52, #55, #650, #750, #850, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990, #1000, #2200, #2300, # 2350, #2400, #2600, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B, OIL11B, OIL30B, OIL31B

Degussa公司制:Printex3、Printex3OP、Printex30、Printex30OP、Printex40、Printex45、Printex55、Printex60、Printex75、Printex80、Printex85、Printex90、PrintexA、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V、PrintexG、SpecialBlack550、SpecialBlack350、SpecialBlack250、SpecialBlack100、SpecialBlack6、SpecialBlack5、SpecialBlack4、Color Black FW1、Color Black FW2、Color Black FW2V、Color BlackFW18、Color Black FW18、Color Black FW200、Color Black S160、Color Black S170(这些当中,Printex为注册商标)Made by Degussa: Printex3, Printex3OP, Printex30, Printex30OP, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, PrintexA, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U, Printex G Black, Printex G Black, Printex VBlack, Printex V5 , SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlack100, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2, Color Black FW2V, Color BlackFW18, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170 (among these, Printex is a registered trademark)

Cabot公司制:Monarch120、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、Monarch880、Monarch900、Monarch1000、Monarch1100、Monarch1300、Monarch1400、Monarch4630、REGAL99、REGAL99R、REGAL415、REGAL415R、REGAL250、REGAL250R、REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARLS480、PEARLS130、VULCAN XC72R、ELFTEX-8Koronbiyan(这些当中,Monarch为注册商标)Cabot公司制:Monarch120、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、Monarch880、Monarch900、Monarch1000、Monarch1100、Monarch1300、Monarch1400、Monarch4630、REGAL99、REGAL99R、REGAL415、REGAL415R、REGAL250、REGAL250R、REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARLS480、PEARLS130 , VULCAN XC72R, ELFTEX-8Koronbiyan (among these, Monarch is a registered trademark)

Carbon公司制:RAVEN11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN410、RAVEN420、RAVEN450、RAVEN500、RAVEN780、RAVEN850、RAVEN890H、RAVEN1000、RAVEN1020、RAVEN1040、RAVEN1060U、RAVEN1080U、RAVEN1170、RAVEN1190U、RAVEN1250、RAVEN1500、RAVEN2000、RAVEN2500U、RAVEN3500、RAVEN5000、RAVEN5250、RAVEN5750、RAVEN7000(这些当中,RAVEN为注册商标)Carbon公司制:RAVEN11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN410、RAVEN420、RAVEN450、RAVEN500、RAVEN780、RAVEN850、RAVEN890H、RAVEN1000、RAVEN1020、RAVEN1040、RAVEN1060U、RAVEN1080U、RAVEN1170、RAVEN1190U、RAVEN1250、RAVEN1500、 RAVEN2000, RAVEN2500U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000 (among these, RAVEN is a registered trademark)

为了在增多炭黑含量的基础上增大体积电阻值,也可以使用利用树脂包覆的炭黑。例如,可优选使用在日本特开平09-71733号公报中记载的炭黑等。In order to increase the volume resistance value on the basis of increasing the carbon black content, carbon black coated with resin can also be used. For example, carbon black or the like described in JP-A-09-71733 can be preferably used.

作为待进行包覆处理的炭黑,优选Na和Ca的总含量为100ppm以下。这是由于,炭黑通常以百分数的量级含有灰分,所述灰分的组成为:从制造时的原料油、燃烧油(或气体)、反应终止水、造粒水、以及反应炉的炉材料等混入的Na、及Ca、K、Mg、Al、Fe等。其中,Na、Ca的含量通常分别在数百ppm以上,但如果它们较多地存在,则可能浸透至透明电极(ITO)、其它电极而成为电气短路的原因。As carbon black to be subjected to coating treatment, it is preferable that the total content of Na and Ca is 100 ppm or less. This is because carbon black usually contains ash on the order of a percentage, and the composition of the ash is: raw material oil, combustion oil (or gas) at the time of manufacture, reaction termination water, granulation water, and furnace material of the reaction furnace Na mixed in, and Ca, K, Mg, Al, Fe, etc. Among them, the contents of Na and Ca are usually several hundreds of ppm or more, but if they exist in large amounts, they may permeate into the transparent electrode (ITO) or other electrodes and cause electrical short circuits.

作为减少这些包含Na、Ca的灰分的含量的方法,可列举:作为制造炭黑时的原料油、燃料油(或气体)及反应终止水,严格选择它们的含量尽可能少的材料、以及尽可能减少用以调整结构的碱物质的添加量的方法。As a method for reducing the content of ash including these Na and Ca, it is possible to strictly select materials whose contents are as small as possible as raw material oil, fuel oil (or gas) and reaction termination water when producing carbon black, and It is possible to reduce the amount of alkali substance added for structure adjustment.

作为其它方法,可列举:利用水、盐酸等对从炉中制出的炭黑进行洗涤,从而将Na、Ca溶解除去的方法。As another method, there may be mentioned a method in which Na and Ca are dissolved and removed by washing carbon black produced from a furnace with water, hydrochloric acid, or the like.

具体而言,使炭黑混合分散在水或盐酸、双氧水中之后,在添加难溶于水的溶剂时,炭黑转移至溶剂侧,与水完全分离,同时,存在于炭黑中的Na、Ca几乎全部溶解于水、酸中而被除去。Specifically, after carbon black is mixed and dispersed in water, hydrochloric acid, or hydrogen peroxide, when a solvent that is poorly soluble in water is added, the carbon black is transferred to the solvent side and completely separated from water. At the same time, the Na, Almost all Ca is dissolved in water or acid and removed.

为了将Na、Ca的总量降低至100ppm以下,通过将这两种方式组合使用,能够更容易地使Na和Ca的总量达到100ppm以下。In order to reduce the total amount of Na and Ca to 100 ppm or less, these two methods can be used in combination to make the total amount of Na and Ca 100 ppm or less more easily.

另外,树脂包覆炭黑优选为pH6以下的所谓酸性炭黑。这样的炭黑由于在水中的分散直径(附聚直径)小,因此能够实现甚至是微细单元的包覆,故优选。进一步,优选树脂包覆炭黑的粒径为40nm以下、邻苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP)吸收量为140mL/100g以下。这是由于,在粒径大于40nm、DBP吸收量大于140mL/100g时,制成糊料的情况下的分散性优异,但有时涂膜的浓度感不足,在膜厚为1~2μm左右时存在遮光性不足的隐患。In addition, the resin-coated carbon black is preferably so-called acid carbon black with a pH of 6 or less. Since such carbon black has a small dispersion diameter (agglomeration diameter) in water, it is possible to coat even finer units, so it is preferable. Furthermore, it is preferable that the resin-coated carbon black has a particle size of 40 nm or less and a dibutyl phthalate (DBP) absorption of 140 mL/100 g or less. This is because when the particle size is larger than 40nm and the DBP absorption is larger than 140mL/100g, the dispersibility in the case of making a paste is excellent, but the concentration of the coating film may be insufficient, and there is a problem when the film thickness is about 1 to 2 μm. The hidden danger of insufficient shading.

对于制备利用树脂包覆的炭黑的方法没有特殊限定,可采用以下方法。例如,在对炭黑及树脂的配合量进行适当调整之后,There is no particular limitation on the method of producing the carbon black coated with the resin, and the following methods can be used. For example, after properly adjusting the amount of carbon black and resin,

1.将树脂与环己酮、甲苯、二甲苯等溶剂混合并进行加热溶解而得到的树脂溶液、与混合了炭黑及水的悬浊液进行混合搅拌,使炭黑和水分离之后,除去水并进行加热混炼而得到组合物,将该组合物成形为片状,经过粉碎之后再使其干燥的方法;1. Mix and stir the resin solution obtained by mixing the resin with solvents such as cyclohexanone, toluene, and xylene, and heating and dissolving it, and the suspension mixed with carbon black and water to separate the carbon black and water, and then remove water and heating and kneading to obtain a composition, forming the composition into a sheet, pulverizing it and then drying it;

2.将与上述同样地制备的树脂溶液和悬浊液进行混合搅拌而将炭黑及树脂进行粒状化之后,将所得粒状物分离并进行加热而除去残存的溶剂及水的方法;2. After mixing and stirring the resin solution and suspension prepared in the same manner as above to granulate carbon black and resin, the obtained granules are separated and heated to remove the remaining solvent and water;

3.使马来酸、富马酸等羧酸溶解于上述示例的溶剂中,添加炭黑、进行混合并使其干燥而除去溶剂,从而得到羧酸浸渍炭黑,然后向其中添加树脂并进行干混的方法;3. Dissolve carboxylic acids such as maleic acid and fumaric acid in the solvents exemplified above, add carbon black, mix and dry to remove the solvent to obtain carboxylic acid impregnated carbon black, then add resin thereto and carry out dry mixing method;

4.将构成用于包覆的树脂的含反应性基团的单体成分与水进行高速搅拌而制备悬浊液,聚合后进行冷却而从聚合体悬浊液中得到含反应性基团的树脂之后,向其中添加炭黑并进行混炼,使炭黑与反应性基团反应(使炭黑接枝),并进行冷却及粉碎的方法;等等。4. The reactive group-containing monomer components constituting the resin for coating are stirred at high speed with water to prepare a suspension, and then cooled after polymerization to obtain reactive group-containing monomer components from the polymer suspension. After the resin, carbon black is added thereto and kneaded, the carbon black is reacted with the reactive group (grafting the carbon black), and the method of cooling and pulverizing; and the like.

对于用于包覆处理的树脂的种类也没有特殊限定,通常为合成树脂,进一步,结构中具有苯核的树脂由于两性型表面活性剂的作用更强,因此从分散性及分散稳定性的观点考虑优选。There are no special restrictions on the type of resin used for coating treatment. It is usually a synthetic resin. Further, the resin with a benzene nucleus in the structure has a stronger effect of an amphoteric surfactant, so from the perspective of dispersibility and dispersion stability Consider preferred.

作为具体的合成树脂,可使用:酚醛树脂、三聚氰胺树脂、二甲苯树脂、苯二甲酸二烯丙酯树脂、甘酞树脂、环氧树脂、烷基苯树脂等热固性树脂、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚对苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、改性聚苯醚、聚砜、聚对苯二甲酰对苯二胺、聚酰胺酰亚胺、聚酰亚胺、聚氨基双马来酰亚胺、聚醚砜聚苯砜、聚芳酯、聚醚醚酮等热塑性树脂。As specific synthetic resins, thermosetting resins such as phenolic resins, melamine resins, xylene resins, diallyl phthalate resins, glycerin resins, epoxy resins, and alkylbenzene resins, polystyrene, polycarbonate resins, etc., can be used. ester, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, modified polyphenylene ether, polysulfone, polyparaphenylene terephthalamide, polyamide-imide, polyimide Imine, polyaminobismaleimide, polyethersulfone polyphenylsulfone, polyarylate, polyetheretherketone and other thermoplastic resins.

就树脂对炭黑的包覆量而言,优选相对于炭黑和树脂的总量为1~30质量%。该树脂的包覆量低于1质量%时,存在仅能获得与未处理的炭黑同样的分散性及分散稳定性的隐患。另一方面,超过30质量%时,树脂彼此间的粘结性强,存在形成丸子状的结块而导致分散无法进行的隐患。The coating amount of the carbon black by the resin is preferably 1 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the carbon black and the resin. When the coating amount of the resin is less than 1% by mass, there is a possibility that only the same dispersibility and dispersion stability as untreated carbon black can be obtained. On the other hand, when it exceeds 30% by mass, the binding properties between the resins are strong, and there is a possibility that pellet-like lumps may be formed and dispersion may not be performed.

这样地利用树脂进行包覆处理而成的炭黑可按照常规方法制成黑色矩阵的遮光材料使用,可以利用常规方法而制成以该黑色矩阵为构成要素的滤色器。如果使用这样的炭黑,存在能够以低成本实现高遮光率、且表面反射率低、并且膜厚薄的黑色矩阵的倾向。可以推测,这是由于相对于构成黑色矩阵液的树脂、溶剂,炭黑的分散性、分散稳定性得到了显著提高(如果是传统的炭黑,则无论怎样混炼都很难使分散粒径达到0.1μm以下,即使实现了分散其稳定性也差,会随着时间而发生大幅凝聚)。另外还可以推测,通过利用树脂包覆炭黑表面,还会起到将Ca、Na封入炭黑中的作用。Carbon black coated with a resin in this way can be used as a light-shielding material for a black matrix by a conventional method, and can be used as a color filter including the black matrix as a component by a conventional method. If such carbon black is used, there is a tendency that a black matrix having a high light-shielding ratio, low surface reflectance, and a thin film thickness can be realized at low cost. It can be speculated that this is because the dispersibility and dispersion stability of carbon black have been significantly improved relative to the resin and solvent constituting the black matrix liquid (if it is traditional carbon black, it is difficult to make the dispersed particle size If it is less than 0.1 μm, even if it is dispersed, its stability will be poor, and a large amount of aggregation will occur over time). In addition, it is presumed that by covering the surface of the carbon black with a resin, it also plays a role of enclosing Ca and Na in the carbon black.

另外,作为钛黑的市售品的例子,可列举:MITSUBISHI MATERIALS Corporation制钛黑10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C等。Moreover, as an example of a commercial item of titanium black, titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C etc. by MITSUBISHI MATERIALS Corporation are mentioned.

作为钛黑的制造方法,包括:将二氧化钛和金属钛的混合体在还原气体氛围中进行加热而将其还原的方法(日本特开昭49-5432号公报)、将四氯化钛经高温水解而得到的超微细二氧化钛在包含氢的还原气体氛围中进行还原的方法(日本特开昭57-205322号公报)、将二氧化钛或氢氧化钛在氨存在下进行高温还原的方法(日本特开昭60-65069号公报、日本特开昭61-201610号公报)、使钒化合物附着于二氧化钛或氢氧化钛,并在氨存在下进行高温还原的方法(日本特开昭61-201610号公报)等,但并不限定于这些方法。As the production method of titanium black, including: the method of reducing the mixture of titanium dioxide and metal titanium by heating it in a reducing gas atmosphere (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 49-5432), and hydrolyzing titanium tetrachloride at high temperature And the method that the obtained ultrafine titanium dioxide is reduced in a reducing gas atmosphere containing hydrogen (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-205322 communique), the method of reducing titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide at high temperature in the presence of ammonia (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. No. 60-65069, Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 61-201610), a method of attaching a vanadium compound to titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide, and performing high-temperature reduction in the presence of ammonia (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-201610), etc. , but not limited to these methods.

另外,还可以混合其它着色颜料而制成黑色颜料使用。In addition, it can also be used as a black pigment by mixing other coloring pigments.

作为其它着色颜料,可使用:蓝色颜料、绿色颜料、红色颜料、黄色颜料、紫色颜料、橙色颜料、褐色颜料等各种颜色的颜料。另外,作为其结构,除了偶氮类、酞菁类、喹吖酮类、苯并咪唑酮类、异吲哚啉酮类、二嗪类、阴丹士林类、苝类等有机颜料以外,还可以利用各种无机颜料等。As other coloring pigments, pigments of various colors such as blue pigments, green pigments, red pigments, yellow pigments, purple pigments, orange pigments, and brown pigments can be used. In addition, as its structure, in addition to azos, phthalocyanines, quinacridones, benzimidazolones, isoindolinones, bis In addition to organic pigments such as azines, indanthrones, and perylenes, various inorganic pigments can be used.

以下,以颜料编号示出可用于本发明的颜料的具体例。需要说明的是,以下列举的“C.I.颜料红2”等术语代表色指数(C.I.)。Hereinafter, specific examples of pigments that can be used in the present invention are shown by pigment numbers. It should be noted that terms such as "C.I. Pigment Red 2" listed below represent color index (C.I.).

作为红色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料红1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、97、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、181、184、185、187、188、190、192、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、215、216、217、220、221、223、224、226、227、228、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、240、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料红48:1、122、168、177、202、206、207、209、224、242、254,更优选列举C.I.颜料红177、209、224、254。Examples of red pigments include: C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53: 1, 53:2, 53:3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1, 81:2, 81:3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90:1, 97, 101, 101:1, 104, 108, 108:1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 192, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 48:1, 122, 168, 177, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242, 254 is preferably used, and C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, 254 is more preferably used.

作为蓝色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料蓝1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、22、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、64、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料蓝15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6,更优选列举C.I.颜料蓝15:6。Examples of blue pigments include: C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 1:2, 9, 14, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 22 , 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56:1, 60, 61, 61:1, 62, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75 , 76, 78, 79. Among them, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, and 15:6 are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is more preferable.

作为绿色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料绿1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料绿7、36。Examples of green pigments include C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, and 55. Among them, C.I. Pigment Green 7 and 36 are preferably mentioned.

作为黄色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料黄1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、86、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、、137、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料黄83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180、185,更优选列举C.I.颜料黄83、138、139、150、180。Examples of yellow pigments include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62:1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125, 126, 127, 127:1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, , 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165 ,166,167,168,169,170,172,173,174,175,176,180,181,182,183,184,185,188,189,190,191,191:1,192,193,194 , 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208. Among them, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, and 185 are preferably used, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 150, and 180 are more preferably used.

作为橙色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、51、55、59、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78、79。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料橙38、64、71。Examples of orange pigments include: C.I. Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 55, 59, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79. Among them, C.I. Pigment Orange 38, 64, and 71 are preferably mentioned.

作为紫色颜料,可列举:C.I.颜料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、30、31、32、37、39、40、42、44、47、49、50。其中,可优选列举C.I.颜料紫19、23,更优选列举C.I.颜料紫23。Examples of purple pigments include: C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3:3, 5, 5:1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 37, 39, 40, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. Among them, C.I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23 are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is more preferable.

另外,作为颜料,也可以使用硫酸钡、硫酸铅、氧化钛、铅黄、氧化铁红、氧化铬等。In addition, barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide, lead yellow, iron oxide red, chromium oxide, etc. can also be used as a pigment.

上述各种颜料也可以组合使用多种。例如,为了接近于黑色,可列举下述组合:蓝色颜料和红色颜料、蓝色颜料和红色颜料和紫色颜料、蓝色颜料和红色颜料和紫色颜料和黄色颜料、蓝色颜料和橙色颜料、蓝色颜料和红色颜料和橙色颜料、蓝色颜料和紫色颜料和橙色颜料等的组合。The above-mentioned various pigments can also be used in combination of multiple types. For example, in order to be close to black, the following combinations can be enumerated: blue pigment and red pigment, blue pigment and red pigment and purple pigment, blue pigment and red pigment and purple pigment and yellow pigment, blue pigment and orange pigment, Combinations of blue pigments and red pigments and orange pigments, blue pigments and purple pigments and orange pigments, etc.

需要说明的是,这些颜料优选分散为平均粒径达到通常1μm、优选0.5μm以下、进一步优选0.25μm以下而使用。It should be noted that these pigments are preferably dispersed so that the average particle diameter is usually 1 μm, preferably 0.5 μm or less, and more preferably 0.25 μm or less.

需要说明的是,在本发明中,颜料的平均粒径是由通过动态光散射DLS测定的颜料粒径而求出的值。粒径测定针对经过充分稀释后的着色树脂组合物(通常进行稀释而将颜料浓度调整至0.005~0.2质量%左右,但根据测定设备不同,如果存在推荐的浓度,则按照其浓度。)进行,在25℃下进行测定。In addition, in this invention, the average particle diameter of a pigment is the value calculated|required from the particle diameter of the pigment measured by dynamic light scattering DLS. The particle size measurement is performed on a fully diluted colored resin composition (usually diluted to adjust the pigment concentration to about 0.005 to 0.2% by mass, but depending on the measurement equipment, if there is a recommended concentration, follow the concentration.), Measurements were performed at 25°C.

另外,作为能够用作色材的染料,可列举:偶氮类染料、蒽醌类染料、酞菁类染料、醌亚胺类染料、喹啉类染料、硝基类染料、羰基类染料、甲川类染料等。In addition, examples of dyes that can be used as color materials include azo-based dyes, anthraquinone-based dyes, phthalocyanine-based dyes, quinoneimine-based dyes, quinoline-based dyes, nitro-based dyes, carbonyl-based dyes, methine dyes etc.

作为偶氮类染料,可列举例如:C.I.酸性黄11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性红37、C.I.酸性红180、C.I.酸性蓝29、C.I.直接红28、C.I.直接红83、C.I.直接黄12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接绿28、C.I.直接绿59、C.I.活性黄2、C.I.活性红17、C.I.活性红120、C.I.活性黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散红58、C.I.分散蓝165、C.I.碱性蓝41、C.I.碱性红18、C.I.媒介红7、C.I.媒介黄5、C.I.媒介黑7等。Examples of azo dyes include: C.I. Acid Yellow 11, C.I. Acid Orange 7, C.I. Acid Red 37, C.I. Acid Red 180, C.I. Acid Blue 29, C.I. Direct Red 28, C.I. Direct Red 83, C.I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. Direct Orange 26, C.I. Direct Green 28, C.I. Direct Green 59, C.I. Reactive Yellow 2, C.I. Reactive Red 17, C.I. Reactive Red 120, C.I. Reactive Black 5, C.I. Disperse Orange 5, C.I. Disperse Red 58, C.I. Disperse Blue 165, C.I. Basic Blue 41, C.I. Basic Red 18, C.I. Media Red 7, C.I. Media Yellow 5, C.I. Media Black 7, etc.

作为蒽醌类染料,可列举例如:C.I.还原蓝4、C.I.酸性蓝40、C.I.酸性绿25、C.I.活性蓝19、C.I.活性蓝49、C.I.分散红60、C.I.分散蓝56、C.I.分散蓝60等。Examples of anthraquinone dyes include C.I. Vat Blue 4, C.I. Acid Blue 40, C.I. Acid Green 25, C.I. Reactive Blue 19, C.I. Reactive Blue 49, C.I. Disperse Red 60, C.I. Disperse Blue 56, C.I. Disperse Blue 60, etc. .

此外,作为酞菁类染料,可列举例如:C.I.还原蓝5等;作为醌亚胺类染料,可列举例如:C.I.碱性蓝3、C.I.碱性蓝9等;作为喹啉类染料,可列举例如:C.I.溶剂黄33、C.I.酸性黄3、C.I.分散黄64等;作为硝基类染料,可列举例如:C.I.酸性黄1、C.I.酸性橙3、C.I.分散黄42等。In addition, as phthalocyanine dyes, for example: C.I. Vat Blue 5 etc.; as quinone imine dyes, for example: C.I. Basic Blue 3, C.I. Basic Blue 9, etc.; For example: C.I. Solvent Yellow 33, C.I. Acid Yellow 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 64, etc.; examples of nitro dyes include: C.I. Acid Yellow 1, C.I. Acid Orange 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 42, etc.

<(B’)有机结合材料><(B') Organic Binder>

第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料包含(B)有机结合材料。(B)有机结合材料例如可通过使(B’)有机结合材料经曝光处理、热固化处理发生聚合及固化而得到。因此,用于形成上述遮光材料的着色树脂组合物通常包含(B’)有机结合材料。The light-shielding material in the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment contains (B) an organic binder. The (B) organic binder can be obtained, for example, by subjecting the (B') organic binder to polymerization and curing through exposure treatment and thermal curing treatment. Therefore, the colored resin composition used to form the above light-shielding material generally contains (B') an organic binder.

本发明中使用的(B’)有机结合材料是作为粘合剂树脂而形成遮光材料的成分,从使紫外线未曝光部更容易显影的观点考虑,优选为可溶于碱的树脂。特别是,从提高紫外线曝光部的固化性的观点考虑,优选为具有烯属不饱和键的可溶于碱的树脂,更优选为具有羧基和烯属不饱和键的可溶于碱的树脂,尤其优选为下述可溶于碱的树脂(B1)和/或可溶于碱的树脂(B2)(以下也称为“含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂”)。The (B') organic binder used in the present invention is a component that forms a light-shielding material as a binder resin, and is preferably an alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of making the ultraviolet unexposed portion easier to develop. In particular, an alkali-soluble resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred, and an alkali-soluble resin having a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred from the viewpoint of improving the curability of the ultraviolet-exposed portion. Especially preferred are the following alkali-soluble resin (B1) and/or alkali-soluble resin (B2) (hereinafter also referred to as "carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin").

<可溶于碱的树脂(B1)><Alkali-soluble resin (B1)>

通过使环氧树脂与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯加成、进而与多元酸和/或其酸酐反应而得到的可溶于碱的树脂。Alkali-soluble epoxy resin obtained by adding an epoxy resin to an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and then reacting with a polybasic acid and/or its anhydride resin.

<可溶于碱的树脂(B2)><Alkali-soluble resin (B2)>

通过使环氧树脂与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯加成、进而与多元醇、及多元酸和/或其酸酐反应而得到的可溶于碱的树脂。It can be obtained by adding an epoxy resin to an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and then reacting it with a polyhydric alcohol, a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof. Alkali soluble resin.

作为成为原料的环氧树脂,可优选使用例如:双酚A型环氧树脂(例如,三菱化学株式会社制造的“Epikote 828”、“Epikote 1001”、“Epikote 1002”、“Epikote 1004”等)、通过双酚A型环氧树脂的醇羟基与表氯醇反应而得到的环氧树脂(例如,日本化药株式会社制造的“NER-1302”(环氧当量323、软化点76℃))、双酚F型树脂(例如,三菱化学株式会社制造的“Epikote 807”、“EP-4001”、“EP-4002”、“EP-4004等”)、通过双酚F型环氧树脂的醇羟基与表氯醇反应而得到的环氧树脂(例如,日本化药株式会社制造的“NER-7406”(环氧当量350、软化点66℃))、双酚S型环氧树脂、联苯缩水甘油醚(例如,三菱化学株式会社制造的“YX-4000”)、苯酚酚醛清漆型环氧树脂(例如,日本化药株式会社制造的“EPPN-201”、三菱化学株式会社制造的“EP-152”、“EP-154”、Dow Chemical公司制造的“DEN-438”)、(邻、间、对-)甲酚酚醛清漆型环氧树脂(例如,日本化药株式会社制造的“EOCN-102S”、“EOCN-1020”、“EOCN-104S”)、异氰脲酸三缩水甘油酯(例如,日产化学株式会社制造的“TEPIC”)、三酚基甲烷型环氧树脂(例如,日本化药株式会社制造的“EPPN-501”、“EPN-502”、“EPPN-503”)、脂环式环氧树脂(大赛璐化学工业株式会社制造的“Celloxide 2021P”、“CelloxideEHPE”)、将双环戊二烯和苯酚经反应而得到的酚醛树脂进行缩水甘油化而成的环氧树脂(例如,大日本油墨公司制造的“EXA-7200”、日本化药株式会社制造的“NC-7300”)、下述通式(b1)~(b4)所示的环氧树脂等。具体可列举:作为下述通式(b1)所示的环氧树脂的日本化药株式会社制造的“XD-1000”、作为下述通式(b2)所示的环氧树脂的日本化药株式会社制造的“NC-3000”、作为下述通式(b4)所示的环氧树脂的新日铁化学株式会社制造的“ESF-300”等。As an epoxy resin used as a raw material, for example, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (for example, "Epikote 828", "Epikote 1001", "Epikote 1002", "Epikote 1004" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, etc.) can be preferably used. , Epoxy resin obtained by reacting the alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol A type epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (for example, "NER-1302" (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76°C) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) , bisphenol F type resin (for example, "Epikote 807", "EP-4001", "EP-4002", "EP-4004, etc." manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), alcohol passing through bisphenol F type epoxy resin Epoxy resin obtained by reacting hydroxyl group with epichlorohydrin (for example, "NER-7406" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (epoxy equivalent weight 350, softening point 66°C)), bisphenol S-type epoxy resin, biphenyl Glycidyl ether (for example, "YX-4000" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), phenol novolac type epoxy resin (for example, "EPPN-201" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., "EPN-201" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation -152", "EP-154", "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Company), (o-, m-, p-)cresol novolak type epoxy resin (for example, "EOCN" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. -102S", "EOCN-1020", "EOCN-104S"), triglycidyl isocyanurate (for example, "TEPIC" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), trisphenol methane type epoxy resin (for example, "EPPN-501", "EPN-502", "EPPN-503" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), alicyclic epoxy resins ("Celloxide 2021P", "Celloxide EHPE" manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , Epoxy resins obtained by glycidylating phenolic resins obtained by reacting dicyclopentadiene and phenol (for example, "EXA-7200" manufactured by Dainippon Ink Co., Ltd., "NC-7200" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 7300"), epoxy resins represented by the following general formulas (b1) to (b4), etc. Specifically, "XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (b1), Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (b2) "NC-3000" manufactured by Co., Ltd., "ESF-300" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., which is an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (b4), and the like.

[化学式1][chemical formula 1]

(上述通式(b1)中,a表示平均值,表示0~10范围内的数值。R11表示氢原子、卤原子、碳原子数1~8的烷基、碳原子数3~10的环烷基、苯基、萘基或联苯基。需要说明的是,1分子中存在的多个R11可以彼此相同,也可以互不相同。)(In the above-mentioned general formula (b1), a represents the average value and represents a value within the range of 0 to 10. R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a ring with 3 to 10 carbon atoms Alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or biphenyl. It should be noted that a plurality of R 11 present in one molecule may be the same as or different from each other.)

[化学式2][chemical formula 2]

(上述通式(b2)中,b表示平均值,表示0~10范围内的数值。R21表示氢原子、卤原子、碳原子数1~8的烷基、碳原子数3~10的环烷基、苯基、萘基或联苯基。需要说明的是,1分子中存在的多个R21可以彼此相同,也可以互不相同。)(In the above-mentioned general formula (b2), b represents the average value and represents a value within the range of 0 to 10. R21 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a ring with 3 to 10 carbon atoms Alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or biphenyl. It should be noted that a plurality of R 21 present in one molecule may be the same as or different from each other.)

[化学式3][chemical formula 3]

(上述通式(b3)中,X表示下述通式(b3-1)或(b3-2)所示的连结基团,并且,分子结构中包含1个以上金刚烷结构,c表示2或3的整数。)(In the above general formula (b3), X represents a linking group represented by the following general formula (b3-1) or (b3-2), and the molecular structure contains more than one adamantane structure, and c represents 2 or integer of 3.)

[化学式4][chemical formula 4]

(上述通式(b3-1)及(b3-2)中,R31~R34及R35~R37各自独立地表示任选具有取代基的金刚烷基、氢原子、任选具有取代基的碳原子数1~12的烷基或任选具有取代基的苯基。*表示键合部位。)(In the above general formulas (b3-1) and (b3-2), R 31 to R 34 and R 35 to R 37 each independently represent an adamantyl group optionally having a substituent, a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituent C1-12 alkyl group or phenyl group optionally having a substituent. * represents the bonding site.)

[化学式5][chemical formula 5]

(上述通式(b4)中,d及e各自独立地表示0~4的整数,R41及R42各自独立地表示烷基或卤原子。R43及R44各自独立地表示亚烷基。x及y各自独立地表示0以上的整数。需要说明的是,式中存在多个R43及R44的情况下,它们各自可以彼此相同,也可以互不相同。)(In the above general formula (b4), d and e each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom. R 43 and R 44 each independently represent an alkylene group. x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more. It should be noted that when there are multiple R43 and R44 in the formula, they may be the same or different from each other.)

这些当中,优选使用通式(b1)~(b4)所示的环氧树脂。Among these, epoxy resins represented by general formulas (b1) to (b4) are preferably used.

作为α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯,可列举:(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、邻乙烯基苯甲酸、间乙烯基苯甲酸、对乙烯基苯甲酸、(甲基)丙烯酸的α位卤代烷基、烷氧基、卤原子、硝基、氰基取代物等单羧酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基六氢苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基马来酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丙基四氢苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丙基苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丙基马来酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丁基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丁基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丁基氢苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丁基苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基丁基马来酸、在(甲基)丙烯酸上加成ε-己内酯、β-丙内酯、γ-丁内酯、δ-戊内酯等内酯类而得到的单体、或者在(甲基)丙烯酸羟基烷基酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯上加成琥珀酸(酐)、苯二甲酸(酐)、马来酸(酐)等酸(酸酐)而得到的单体、(甲基)丙烯酸二聚体等。Examples of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group include: (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-vinylbenzoic acid, m-vinylbenzoic acid, p-vinylbenzoic acid, Vinyl benzoic acid, (meth)acrylic acid α-halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, halogen atom, nitro, cyano substituents and other monocarboxylic acids, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyladipic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylphthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl maleic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl adipic acid, 2-( Meth)acryloyloxypropyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropylphthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxypropylmaleic acid, 2-( Meth)acryloyloxybutylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyladipate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxybutylhydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)propene Acyloxybutylphthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxybutylmaleic acid, addition of ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone to (meth)acrylic acid esters, δ-valerolactone and other lactones, or succinic acid (anhydride), phthalic acid ( anhydride), maleic acid (anhydride) and other acids (anhydrides), monomers obtained from (meth)acrylic acid dimers, and the like.

这些当中,从灵敏度方面考虑,特别优选为(甲基)丙烯酸。Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.

作为在环氧树脂上加成α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的方法,可以使用公知的方法。例如,可以在酯化催化剂存在下、在50~150℃的温度下使α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯与环氧树脂反应。作为这里使用的酯化催化剂,可以使用三乙胺、三甲胺、苄基二甲基胺、苄基二乙基胺等叔胺、四甲基氯化铵、四乙基氯化铵、十二烷基三甲基氯化铵等季铵盐等。A known method can be used as a method of adding an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group to an epoxy resin. For example, an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group can be reacted with an epoxy resin at a temperature of 50 to 150° C. in the presence of an esterification catalyst. As the esterification catalyst used here, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, benzyldiethylamine, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, dodecyl Quaternary ammonium salts such as alkyltrimethylammonium chloride, etc.

需要说明的是,环氧树脂、α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯及酯化催化剂均既可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。It should be noted that the epoxy resin, α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and the esterification catalyst may be used alone or in combination of two or more Use in combination.

对于α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的使用量而言,优选相对于环氧树脂的环氧基1当量为0.5~1.2当量的范围、进一步优选为0.7~1.1当量的范围。The amount of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents to 1 equivalent of epoxy groups in the epoxy resin, More preferably, it is the range of 0.7-1.1 equivalent.

如果α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的使用量少,则不饱和基团的导入量不足,接下来的与多元酸和/或其酸酐的反应也变得不充分。另外,残留大量的环氧基也是不利的。另一方面,如果该使用量多,则α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯会作为未反应物而残留。任何一种情况下均可认定为是固化特性发生劣化的倾向。If the amount of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group is small, the introduction amount of unsaturated groups is insufficient, and the next step with polybasic acid and/or its anhydride responses are also inadequate. In addition, it is disadvantageous that a large amount of epoxy groups remain. On the other hand, if the usage-amount is large, the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester which has a carboxyl group will remain as an unreacted substance. In either case, it can be considered that the curing property tends to deteriorate.

作为多元酸和/或其酸酐,可列举选自下组中的1种或2种以上:马来酸、琥珀酸、衣康酸、苯二甲酸、四氢苯二甲酸、六氢苯二甲酸、均苯四酸、偏苯三酸、二苯甲酮四甲酸、六氢苯二甲酸甲酯、桥亚甲基四氢苯二甲酸、六氯降冰片烯二酸、四氢苯二甲酸甲酯、联苯四甲酸及这些酸的酸酐等。As the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, one or more selected from the group consisting of maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid can be cited. , pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalate, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexachloronorbornene diacid, methyl tetrahydrophthalate Esters, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid and anhydrides of these acids, etc.

优选为马来酸、琥珀酸、衣康酸、苯二甲酸、四氢苯二甲酸、六氢苯二甲酸、均苯四酸、偏苯三酸、联苯四甲酸、或这些酸的酸酐。特别优选为四氢苯二甲酸、联苯四甲酸、四氢邻苯二甲酸酐、或联苯四甲酸二酐。Preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, or anhydrides of these acids. Tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride are particularly preferable.

关于多元酸和/或其酸酐的加成反应,可以使用公知的方法,可以在与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯相对于环氧树脂的加成反应相同的条件下使其继续反应而得到目标物。多元酸和/或其酸酐成分的加成量优选为使得生成的含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂的酸值达到10~150mgKOH/g范围的程度的量,进一步优选为达到20~140mgKOH/g范围的程度的量。含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂的酸值低于上述范围时,存在导致碱显影性不足的倾向,另外,超过上述范围时,可确认到固化性能变差的倾向。For the addition reaction of polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, a known method can be used, and it can be mixed with α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group with respect to epoxy resin Under the same conditions as the addition reaction, the reaction is continued to obtain the target compound. The addition amount of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride component is preferably such that the acid value of the resulting carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is in the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20 to 140 mgKOH The amount of the degree in the /g range. When the acid value of the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is less than the above range, alkali developability tends to be insufficient, and when it exceeds the above range, the tendency for curing performance to deteriorate is confirmed.

需要说明的是,在该多元酸和/或其酸酐的加成反应时,也可以添加三羟甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等多官能醇来导入多分支结构。It should be noted that, during the addition reaction of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, polyfunctional alcohols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol may be added to introduce a multibranched structure.

含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂通常如下获得:在向环氧树脂与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的反应物中混合多元酸和/或其酸酐之后、或者在向环氧树脂与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的反应物中混合多元酸和/或其酸酐及多官能醇之后进行加温。该情况下,多元酸和/或其酸酐与多官能醇的混合顺序没有特别限制。通过加温,多元酸和/或其酸酐会和存在于环氧树脂与α,β-不饱和单羧酸或具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯的反应物和多官能醇的混合物中的任意羟基发生加成反应。A carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is usually obtained by mixing a polyvalent After the acid and/or its anhydride, or in the epoxy resin and α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, mixed polybasic acid and/or its anhydride and polyfunctional alcohols followed by heating. In this case, the mixing order of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride and the polyfunctional alcohol is not particularly limited. By heating, the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride will react with the reactants of the epoxy resin and α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic ester with carboxyl group and the polyfunctional alcohol Any hydroxyl groups in the mixture undergo addition reactions.

利用凝胶渗透色谱法(GPC)测定的含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂的换算成聚苯乙烯的重均分子量(Mw)通常为1000以上、优选为1500以上,且通常10000以下、优选为8000以下、更优选为6000以下。该重均分子量较小时,在显影液中的溶解性高,过大时,在显影液中的溶解性低。The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 1,500 or more, and usually 10,000 or less, Preferably it is 8000 or less, and more preferably 6000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight is small, the solubility in the developing solution is high, and when it is too large, the solubility in the developing solution is low.

含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上树脂混合使用。The carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more resins.

另外,就本发明中使用的(B’)有机结合材料而言,在不损害本发明性能的情况下,也可以将前面所述的含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂的一部分替换为其它粘合剂树脂。即,也可以将含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂与其它粘合剂树脂组合使用。该情况下,优选使(B’)有机结合材料中的含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂的比例为50质量%以上、特别优选为80质量%以上。In addition, as far as the (B') organic binder used in the present invention is concerned, without impairing the performance of the present invention, a part of the aforementioned carboxyl-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin can also be replaced with Other binder resins. That is, a carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin may be used in combination with other binder resins. In this case, the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin in the organic binder (B') is preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.

在不损害本发明性能的情况下,对于能够与含羧基环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯树脂组合使用的其它粘合剂树脂没有限制,从通常被用于滤色器用感光性着色树脂组合物中的树脂中选择即可。There is no limit to other binder resins that can be used in combination with the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin, as long as the performance of the present invention is not impaired, from those commonly used in photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters You can choose from the available resins.

需要说明的是,其它粘合剂树脂均既可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。In addition, any other binder resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use it in combination of 2 or more types.

<(B)有机结合材料><(B) Organic Binder>

遮光材料中的有机结合材料由于会因后面叙述的曝光、显影处理、热固化处理而发生聚合、分解等,因此未必会原封不动地具有着色树脂组合物中的(B’)有机结合材料的结构。The organic binder in the light-shielding material does not necessarily contain the (B') organic binder in the colored resin composition as it is due to polymerization, decomposition, etc. due to exposure, development treatment, and heat curing treatment described later. structure.

对于作为侧链而发生了加成的α,β-不饱和单羧酸、具有羧基的α,β-不饱和单羧酸酯、多元醇、多元酸和/或其酸酐而言,经过热处理,其结构在多数情况下未必会残留下来。For α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid added as a side chain, α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having carboxyl group, polyhydric alcohol, polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, after heat treatment, Its structure may not necessarily remain in most cases.

树脂的主骨架部分的残留可能性较高,在使用上述通式(b1)~(b4)所示的环氧树脂的情况下,存在具有源自如下所示的(b1)~(b4)的结构的倾向。There is a high possibility that the main skeleton part of the resin remains, and when using the epoxy resins represented by the above general formulas (b1) to (b4), there are structural tendencies.

(源自b1骨架)(from b1 skeleton)

[化学式6][chemical formula 6]

上述式(b1-1)中,R11及a与上述通式(b1)中的R11及a同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formula (b1-1), R 11 and a have the same meaning as R 11 and a in the above general formula (b1). * Indicates a bonding site.

[化学式7][chemical formula 7]

上述式(b1-2)~式(b1-4)中,R11与上述通式(b1)中的R11同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formulas (b1-2) to (b1-4), R 11 has the same meaning as R 11 in the above general formula (b1). * Indicates a bonding site.

(源自b2骨架)(from b2 skeleton)

[化学式8][chemical formula 8]

上述式(b2-1)中,R21及b与上述通式(b2)中的R21及b同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formula (b2-1), R 21 and b have the same meaning as R 21 and b in the above general formula (b2). * Indicates a bonding site.

[化学式9][chemical formula 9]

上述式(b2-2)~式(b2-4)中,R21与上述通式(b2)中的R21同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formulas (b2-2) to (b2-4), R 21 has the same meaning as R 21 in the above general formula (b2). * Indicates a bonding site.

(源自b3骨架)(from the b3 skeleton)

[化学式10][chemical formula 10]

上述式(b3-1-1)及式(b3-2-1)中,R31~R37与上述通式(b3)中的R31~R37同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formula (b3-1-1) and formula (b3-2-1), R 31 to R 37 have the same meaning as R 31 to R 37 in the above general formula (b3). * Indicates a bonding site.

(源自b4骨架)(derived from the b4 skeleton)

[化学式11][chemical formula 11]

上述式(b4-1)中,R41及R42与上述通式(b4)中的R41及R42同义。*表示键合部位。In the above formula (b4-1), R 41 and R 42 have the same meaning as R 41 and R 42 in the above general formula (b4). * Indicates a bonding site.

<(D)有机溶剂><(D) Organic solvent>

如前面所述,第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料通常可以使用至少含有(A)色材、(B)有机结合材料及根据需要的(C)微粒的着色树脂组合物而形成。着色树脂组合物中所含的各种材料通常以溶解或分散于(D)有机溶剂中的状态使用。As described above, the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment can usually use a colored resin composition containing at least (A) a color material, (B) an organic binder, and if necessary (C) fine particles. And formed. Various materials contained in the colored resin composition are usually used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in (D) an organic solvent.

作为(D)有机溶剂,优选选择沸点为100~300℃范围的溶剂。更优选为具有120~280℃的沸点的溶剂。As (D) the organic solvent, it is preferable to select a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 300°C. More preferably, it is a solvent which has a boiling point of 120-280 degreeC.

作为这样的有机溶剂,可列举例如以下溶剂。As such an organic solvent, the following solvents are mentioned, for example.

乙二醇单甲醚、乙二醇单乙醚、乙二醇单丙醚、乙二醇单丁醚、丙二醇单甲醚、丙二醇单乙醚、丙二醇单正丁醚、丙二醇叔丁醚、二乙二醇单甲醚、二乙二醇单乙醚、二乙二醇单正丁醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二丙二醇单乙醚、二丙二醇单甲醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、三乙二醇单甲醚、三乙二醇单乙醚、三丙二醇甲醚这样的二醇单烷基醚类;Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol tert-butyl ether, diethylene glycol Alcohol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethyl pentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxy Glycol monoalkyl ethers such as butanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether;

乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、二丙二醇二甲醚这样的二醇二烷基醚类;Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc. diol dialkyl ethers;

乙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇单正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇单丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇单丁醚乙酸酯、乙酸甲氧基丁酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲氧基戊酯、二乙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇单正丁醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯这样的二醇烷基醚乙酸酯类;Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether ethyl Ester, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono Diethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-acetic acid Glycol alkyl ether acetates such as methyl-3-methoxybutyl ester;

乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯类;Ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate and other glycol diacetates;

乙酸环己酯等乙酸烷基酯类;Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexyl acetate;

戊醚、乙醚、二丙基醚、二异丙基醚、二丁基醚、二戊基醚、乙基异丁基醚、二己基醚这样的醚类;Ethers such as pentyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipentyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether;

丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基异丙基酮、甲基异戊基酮、二异丙基酮、二异丁基酮、甲基异丁基酮、环己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮这样的酮类;Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethylpentyl ketone Ketones such as methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, and methoxymethyl pentanone;

乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、环己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄醇这样的一元醇或多元醇类;Ethanol, Propanol, Butanol, Hexanol, Cyclohexanol, Ethylene Glycol, Propylene Glycol, Butylene Glycol, Diethylene Glycol, Dipropylene Glycol, Triethylene Glycol, Methoxymethylpentanol, Glycerin, Benzyl Alcohol Such monoalcohols or polyols;

正戊烷、正辛烷、二异丁烯、正己烷、己烯、异戊二烯、二戊烯、十二烷这样的脂肪族烃类;Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene and dodecane;

环己烷、甲基环己烷、甲基环己烯、联二环己烷这样的脂环式烃类;Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and dicyclohexyl;

苯、甲苯、二甲苯、异丙苯这样的芳香族烃类;Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and cumene;

甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸戊酯、异丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸异丁酯、异丁酸甲酯、癸酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁内酯这样的链状或环状酯类;Amyl Formate, Ethyl Formate, Ethyl Acetate, Butyl Acetate, Propyl Acetate, Amyl Acetate, Methyl Isobutyrate, Glycol Acetate, Ethyl Propionate, Propyl Propionate, Butyl Butyrate ester, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl caprate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Chain or Cyclic esters;

3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸这样的烷氧基羧酸类;Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid;

氯丁烷、氯戊烷这样的卤代烃类;Halogenated hydrocarbons such as chlorobutane and chloropentane;

甲氧基甲基戊酮这样的醚酮类;ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone;

乙腈、苄腈这样的腈类等。Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile, etc.

作为相当于上述的市售的溶剂,可列举:矿物油精(Mineral spirit)、Varsol#2、Apco#18溶剂、Apco thinner、Socal solvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso#150、ShellTS28solvent、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、甲基溶纤剂、乙基溶纤剂、乙基溶纤剂乙酸酯、甲基溶纤剂乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(diglyme)(均为商品名、“溶纤剂(cellosolve)”为注册商标)等。Examples of commercially available solvents equivalent to the above include: Mineral spirit, Varsol#2, Apco#18 solvent, Apco thinner, Socal solvent No.1 and No.2, Solvesso#150, ShellTS28solvent, card Must alcohol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol di Diethyl ether (diglyme) (both are trade names, "cellosolve" is a registered trademark) and the like.

这些有机溶剂可以单独使用,也可以组合使用2种以上。These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

利用光刻法形成滤色器的像素或黑色矩阵的情况下,作为有机溶剂,优选选择沸点为100~200℃(在压力1013.25[hPa]的条件下,以下,关于沸点均相同)范围的有机溶剂。更优选具有120~170℃的沸点的有机溶剂。如果沸点低,则在干燥时容易产生不均,如果沸点高,可能导致对干燥器的负担大、或者作为残留溶剂而残留在膜中。In the case of forming the pixels of the color filter or the black matrix by photolithography, it is preferable to select an organic solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200° C. solvent. An organic solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 170°C is more preferable. If the boiling point is low, unevenness is likely to occur at the time of drying, and if the boiling point is high, the burden on the drier may be increased, or the residue may remain in the film as a residual solvent.

上述有机溶剂中,从涂布性、表面张力等的平衡良好、组合物中的构成成分的溶解度较高的方面考虑,优选二醇烷基醚乙酸酯类。Among the above-mentioned organic solvents, glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferable in terms of a good balance of coatability, surface tension, etc., and high solubility of constituent components in the composition.

另外,二醇烷基醚乙酸酯类可以单独使用,也可以与其它有机溶剂组合使用。作为组合使用的有机溶剂,特别优选的是二醇单烷基醚类。其中,从组合物中的构成成分的溶解性考虑,特别优选丙二醇单甲醚。需要说明的是,二醇单烷基醚类的极性高,如果其添加量过多,则存在颜料容易凝聚而使其后得到的着色树脂组合物的粘度上升等保存稳定性下降的倾向,因此,溶剂中的二醇单烷基醚类的比例优选为5质量%~30质量%、更优选为5质量%~20质量%。In addition, glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone or in combination with other organic solvents. As the organic solvent used in combination, glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferable. Among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferable in view of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition. It should be noted that diol monoalkyl ethers have high polarity, and if the added amount is too large, there is a tendency for the pigment to easily aggregate and increase the viscosity of the colored resin composition obtained later, and the storage stability tends to decrease. Therefore, the ratio of the glycol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass.

另外,还优选与具有150℃以上沸点的有机溶剂(以下也称为“高沸点溶剂”)组合使用。通过与这样的高沸点溶剂组合使用,虽然会导致着色树脂组合物变得不易干燥,但具有防止由于急剧干燥而破坏组合物中的颜料的均匀分散状态的效果。即,具有例如防止在狭缝喷嘴前端因色材等的析出、固化而产生异物缺陷的效果。从这样的效果显著的方面考虑,上述各种溶剂中,特别优选二乙二醇单正丁醚、二乙二醇单正丁醚乙酸酯、及二乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯。In addition, it is also preferably used in combination with an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher (hereinafter also referred to as “high boiling point solvent”). Use in combination with such a high-boiling-point solvent makes the colored resin composition difficult to dry, but has the effect of preventing the uniform dispersion state of the pigment in the composition from being disrupted by rapid drying. That is, for example, there is an effect of preventing foreign matter defects from being generated at the tip of the slit nozzle due to precipitation and solidification of coloring materials and the like. From the viewpoint that such effects are remarkable, among the various solvents described above, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate are particularly preferable.

有机溶剂中的高沸点溶剂的含有比例优选为3质量%~50质量%、更优选为5质量%~40质量%、特别优选为5质量%~30质量%。如果高沸点溶剂的量过少,则存在例如在狭缝喷嘴前端因色材等的析出、固化而引起异物缺陷的可能性,另外,如果高沸点溶剂的量过多,则组合物的干燥速度变慢,存在在后述的滤色器制造工序中产生减压干燥工艺的生产节拍不良、预烘焙(pre-bake)的销孔痕迹这样的问题。The content of the high boiling point solvent in the organic solvent is preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. If the amount of high-boiling-point solvent is too small, there is a possibility that foreign matter defects may be caused by, for example, precipitation and solidification of color materials at the front end of the slit nozzle. In addition, if the amount of high-boiling-point solvent is too large, the drying speed of the composition It is slower, and there are problems such as poor tact in the reduced-pressure drying process and pinhole traces of pre-bake in the color filter manufacturing process described later.

需要说明的是,沸点150℃以上的高沸点溶剂可以是二醇烷基醚乙酸酯类,另外也可以是二醇烷基醚类,该情况下,也可以不另外含有沸点150℃以上的高沸点溶剂。It should be noted that the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, high boiling point solvents having a boiling point of 150° C. boiling point solvent.

作为优选的高沸点溶剂,可列举例如在前面所述的各种溶剂中的二乙二醇单正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯等。As a preferred high-boiling point solvent, for example, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, glycerin triacetate, etc.

另外,作为沸点180℃以上的高沸点溶剂的优选例,可列举例如在前面所述的各种溶剂中的二乙二醇单正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇单乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯等。In addition, as a preferable example of the high-boiling-point solvent having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher, for example, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, Dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, glycerin triacetate, etc.

此外,为了调整后面叙述的油墨、着色树脂组合物的粘度、或调整固体成分的溶解度,部分含有沸点低于180℃的有机溶剂的方式也是有效的。作为这样的有机溶剂,优选为低粘度且溶解性高、低表面张力的有机溶剂,优选为醚类、酯类、酮类等。其中,特别优选环己酮、二丙二醇二甲醚、乙酸环己酯等。In addition, it is also effective to partially contain an organic solvent having a boiling point lower than 180° C. in order to adjust the viscosity of the ink or the colored resin composition described later, or to adjust the solubility of the solid content. As such an organic solvent, an organic solvent having low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferable, and ethers, esters, ketones, and the like are preferable. Among them, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexyl acetate and the like are particularly preferable.

另一方面,有机溶剂含有醇类时,可能导致喷墨法中的喷出稳定性变差。因此,优选使醇类在全部有机溶剂中为20质量%以下、更优选为10质量%以下、特别优选为5质量%以下。On the other hand, when the organic solvent contains alcohols, the ejection stability in the inkjet method may deteriorate. Therefore, alcohols are preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, particularly preferably 5% by mass or less, in all organic solvents.

<(E)光聚合引发剂><(E) Photopolymerization Initiator>

第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料、以及用以形成该遮光材料的着色树脂组合物也可以进一步含有(E)光聚合引发剂。The light-shielding material in the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, and the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material may further contain (E) a photopolymerization initiator.

(E)光聚合引发剂是具有直接吸收光而引起分解反应或脱氢反应、从而产生聚合活性自由基的功能的成分。也可以根据需要添加增敏色素等附加剂而使用。(E) The photopolymerization initiator is a component having a function of directly absorbing light to cause a decomposition reaction or a dehydrogenation reaction to generate polymerization active radicals. It can also be used by adding additives such as a sensitizing dye as needed.

作为(E)光聚合引发剂,可列举例如:日本特开昭59-152396号公报、日本特开昭61-151197号各公报中记载的包含茂钛化合物的金属茂化合物;日本特开2000-56118号公报中记载的六芳基二咪唑衍生物;日本特开平10-39503号公报记载的卤甲基化二唑衍生物、卤甲基均三嗪衍生物、N-苯基氨基乙酸等N-芳基-α-氨基酸类、N-芳基-α-氨基酸盐类、N-芳基-α-氨基酸酯类等自由基活性剂、α-氨基烷基苯酮衍生物;日本特开2000-80068号公报、日本特开2006-36750号公报等中记载的肟酯衍生物等。As the (E) photopolymerization initiator, for example: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-152396, Japanese Patent Application No. 61-151197, metallocene compounds containing titanocene compounds; Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000- Hexaaryldiimidazole derivatives described in Gazette No. 56118; Halomethylated derivatives described in JP-A No. 10-39503 Oxadiazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylaminoacetic acid, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acids Radical active agents such as esters, α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives, oxime ester derivatives described in JP-A-2000-80068 and JP-A-2006-36750, etc.

这些当中,特别是从灵敏度、固化性的观点考虑,肟酯衍生物类(肟类及酮肟类化合物)是有效的。Among these, oxime ester derivatives (oxime and ketoxime compounds) are particularly effective from the viewpoint of sensitivity and curability.

具体而言,例如,作为茂钛衍生物类,可列举:双环戊二烯基二氯化钛、双环戊二烯基二苯基钛、双环戊二烯基双(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)钛、双环戊二烯基双(2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基)钛、双环戊二烯基双(2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基)钛、双环戊二烯基二(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)钛、双环戊二烯基二(2,4-二氟苯-1-基)钛、二(甲基环戊二烯基)双(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)钛、二(甲基环戊二烯基)双(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)钛、双环戊二烯基[2,6-二氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)-苯-1-基]钛等。Specifically, for example, as titanocene derivatives, biscyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, biscyclopentadienyl diphenyl titanium, biscyclopentadienyl bis(2,3,4,5 ,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,4,6 -Trifluorophen-1-yl)titanium, biscyclopentadienylbis(2,6-difluorophen-1-yl)titanium, biscyclopentadienylbis(2,4-difluorophen-1-yl) ) titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl)bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl)bis(2,6 -difluorophen-1-yl)titanium, biscyclopentadienyl[2,6-difluoro-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-phen-1-yl]titanium, and the like.

另外,作为二咪唑衍生物类,可列举:2-(2’-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-氯苯基)-4,5-双(3’-甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、(4’-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物等。In addition, examples of diimidazole derivatives include 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5- Bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl )-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, etc.

另外,作为卤甲基化二唑衍生物类,可列举:2-三氯甲基-5-(2’-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2’-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2’-(6”-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-二唑等。In addition, as halomethylated Oxadiazole derivatives, such as: 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuryl)-1,3,4- Oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuryl)ethenyl]-1,3,4- Oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6"-benzofuryl)vinyl)]-1,3,4- Oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4- Oxadiazole etc.

另外,作为卤甲基均三嗪衍生物类,可列举:2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-双(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-双(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-双(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-双(三氯甲基)均三嗪等。In addition, examples of halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives include 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl) Naphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-( 4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, etc.

另外,作为α-氨基烷基苯酮衍生物类,可列举:2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-吗啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基氨基-1-(4-吗啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-苄基-2-二甲基氨基-1-(4-吗啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲基氨基乙基苯甲酸酯、4-二甲基氨基异戊基苯甲酸酯、4-二乙基氨基苯乙酮、4-二甲基氨基苯丙酮、2-乙基己基-1,4-二甲基氨基苯甲酸酯、2,5-双(4-二乙基氨基亚苄基)环己酮、7-二乙基氨基-3-(4-二乙基氨基苯甲酰基)香豆素、4-(二乙基氨基)查耳酮等。In addition, examples of α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives include 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl Base-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butanol Alkan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethylbenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamylbenzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzene Acetone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino-3- (4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin, 4-(diethylamino)chalcone, etc.

作为光聚合引发剂,特别是从灵敏度方面考虑,肟衍生物类(肟类及酮肟类化合物)是有效的,由于在使用含有酚羟基的可溶于碱的树脂作为(B)有机结合材料的情况等在灵敏度方面是不利的,因此,特别是这样的灵敏度优异的肟衍生物类(肟类及酮肟类化合物)是有用的。As a photopolymerization initiator, especially in terms of sensitivity, oxime derivatives (oxime and ketoxime compounds) are effective, because the use of alkali-soluble resins containing phenolic hydroxyl groups as (B) organic binders Such cases are disadvantageous in terms of sensitivity, and therefore, such oxime derivatives (oxime and ketoxime compounds) which are particularly excellent in sensitivity are useful.

作为肟类化合物,可列举包含下述通式(6-1)所示的结构部分的化合物,优选列举下述通式(6-2)所示的肟酯类化合物。As an oxime compound, the compound containing the structural part represented by following General formula (6-1) is mentioned, Preferably, the oxime ester compound represented by following General formula (6-2) is mentioned.

[化学式12][chemical formula 12]

(式(6-1)中,R62表示分别任选被取代的碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷酰基、碳原子数3~25的烯酰基、碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基、碳原子数3~20的烷氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数8~20的苯氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数3~20的杂芳氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数2~10的氨基烷基羰基、碳原子数7~20的芳酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳酰基、碳原子数2~10的烷氧基羰基、或碳原子数7~20的芳氧基羰基。)(In formula (6-1), R62 represents an optionally substituted alkanoyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl alkanoyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenoyl group with 3 to 25 carbon atoms , cycloalkanoyl with 3 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkanoyl with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxycarbonylalkanoyl with 8 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaryloxy with 3 to 20 carbon atoms Cylcarbonylalkanoyl, aminoalkylcarbonyl with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, aroyl with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaroyl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms.)

[化学式13][chemical formula 13]

(式(6-2)中,R61a表示氢原子、或分别任选被取代的碳原子数1~20的烷基、碳原子数2~25的烯基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷基、碳原子数3~20的烷氧基羰基烷基、碳原子数8~20的苯氧基羰基烷基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳氧基羰基烷基或杂芳硫基烷基、碳原子数1~20的氨基烷基、碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数3~25的烯酰基、碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基、碳原子数7~20的芳酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳酰基、碳原子数2~10的烷氧基羰基、碳原子数7~20的芳氧基羰基、或碳原子数1~10的环烷基烷基。(In formula (6-2), R 61a represents a hydrogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group with 2 to 25 carbon atoms, a heterogeneous group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms Arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxycarbonylalkyl with 8 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaryloxycarbonylalkyl or heteroaryl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms Thioalkyl, aminoalkyl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkanoyl with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenoyl with 3 to 25 carbon atoms, cycloalkanoyl with 3 to 8 carbon atoms, An aroyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heteroaroyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aroyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms Cycloalkylalkyl.

R61b表示包含芳环或杂芳环的任意取代基。R 61b represents any substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaryl ring.

需要说明的是,R61a也可以与R61b共同形成环,其连结基团可列举分别任选具有取代基的碳原子数1~10的亚烷基、聚乙烯基(-(CH=CH)r-)、聚乙炔基(-(C≡C)r-)或将它们组合而成的基团(其中,r为1~3的整数)。It should be noted that R 61a and R 61b can also form a ring together, and the linking group can include an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvinyl group (-(CH=CH) optionally having a substituent, respectively. r -), a polyacetylene group (-(C≡C) r -), or a combination thereof (where r is an integer of 1 to 3).

R62a表示分别任选被取代的碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷酰基、碳原子数3~25的烯酰基、碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基、碳原子数3~20的烷氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数8~20的苯氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数3~20的杂芳氧基羰基烷酰基、碳原子数2~10的氨基羰基、碳原子数7~20的芳酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳酰基、碳原子数2~10的烷氧基羰基或碳原子数7~20的芳氧基羰基。)R 62a represents an optionally substituted alkanoyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl alkanoyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenoyl group with 3 to 25 carbon atoms, and a ring with 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonylalkanoyl with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxycarbonylalkanoyl with 8 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaryloxycarbonylalkanoyl with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 carbon atoms Aminocarbonyl with ∼10 carbon atoms, aroyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaroyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms or aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms . )

作为上述通式(6-1)中的R62及上述通式(6-2)中的R62a,可优选列举:碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷酰基、或碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基。Examples of R 62 in the above general formula (6-1) and R 62a in the above general formula (6-2) include preferably an alkanoyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. an alkylalkanoyl group, or a cycloalkanoyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.

作为上述通式(6-2)中的R61a,可优选列举:未取代的甲基、乙基、丙基、或被N-乙酰基-N-乙酰氧基氨基取代的丙基。Examples of R 61a in the above general formula (6-2) preferably include unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, or propyl substituted with N-acetyl-N-acetoxyamino.

另外,作为上述通式(6-2)中的R61b,可优选列举:任选被取代的咔唑基、任选被取代的噻吨酮基或任选被取代的苯硫基。In addition, examples of R 61b in the above general formula (6-2) preferably include an optionally substituted carbazolyl group, an optionally substituted thioxanthone group, or an optionally substituted phenylthio group.

另外,作为上述通式(6-1)及(6-2)中的任意的取代基,可列举:烷基、芳基、脂环基、杂环基、卤素基团、羟基、羧基、酰胺基等。In addition, examples of arbitrary substituents in the above general formulas (6-1) and (6-2) include alkyl groups, aryl groups, alicyclic groups, heterocyclic groups, halogen groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amides Base etc.

另外,作为酮肟类化合物,可列举包含下述通式(6-3)所示的结构部分的化合物,优选列举下述通式(6-4)所示的肟酯类化合物。Moreover, as a ketoxime compound, the compound containing the structural part represented by the following general formula (6-3) is mentioned, Preferably, the oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (6-4) is mentioned.

[化学式14][chemical formula 14]

(上述通式(6-3)中,R64与上述通式(6-1)中的R62同义。)(In the above general formula (6-3), R 64 is synonymous with R 62 in the above general formula (6-1).)

[化学式15][chemical formula 15]

(上述通式(6-4)中,R63a表示分别任选被取代的苯基、碳原子数1~20的烷基、碳原子数2~25的烯基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷基、碳原子数3~20的烷氧基羰基烷基、碳原子数8~20的苯氧基羰基烷基、碳原子数2~20的烷硫基烷基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳氧基羰基烷基或杂芳硫基烷基、碳原子数1~20的氨基烷基、碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数3~25的烯酰基、碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基、碳原子数7~20的芳酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳酰基、碳原子数2~10的烷氧基羰基、碳原子数7~20的芳氧基羰基、或碳原子数1~10的环烷基烷基。(In the above general formula (6-4), R 63a represents an optionally substituted phenyl group, an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group with 2 to 25 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms Heteroarylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxycarbonylalkyl with 8 to 20 carbon atoms, alkylthioalkyl with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, Heteroaryloxycarbonylalkyl or heteroarylthioalkyl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, aminoalkyl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkanoyl with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenoyl with 3 to 25 carbon atoms, Cycloalkanoyl with 3 to 8 carbon atoms, aroyl with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, heteroaroyl with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl with 7 to 20 carbon atoms aryloxycarbonyl, or cycloalkylalkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

R63b表示包含芳环或杂芳环的任意的取代基。R 63b represents an arbitrary substituent including an aromatic ring or a heteroaryl ring.

需要说明的是,R63a也可以与R63b共同形成环,其连结基团可列举分别任选具有取代基的碳原子数1~10的亚烷基、聚乙烯基(-(CH=CH)r-)、聚乙炔基(-(C≡C)r-)或将它们组合而成的基团(需要说明的是,r为1~3的整数)。It should be noted that R 63a and R 63b can also form a ring together, and the linking group can include an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvinyl group (-(CH=CH) optionally having substituents respectively. r -), a polyacetylene group (-(C≡C) r -), or a combination thereof (r is an integer of 1 to 3).

R64a表示分别任选被取代的碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数3~25的烯酰基、碳原子数4~8的环烷酰基、碳原子数7~20的苯甲酰基、碳原子数3~20的杂芳酰基、碳原子数2~10的烷氧基羰基、碳原子数7~20的芳氧基羰基、碳原子数2~20的杂芳基、或碳原子数2~20的烷基氨基羰基。)R 64a represents an optionally substituted alkanoyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenoyl group with 3 to 25 carbon atoms, a cycloalkanoyl group with 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and a benzoyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms , a heteroaroyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom Alkylaminocarbonyl with the number 2-20. )

作为上述通式(6-3)中的R64及上述通式(6-4)中的R64a,可优选列举:碳原子数2~12的烷酰基、碳原子数1~20的杂芳基烷酰基、碳原子数3~8的环烷酰基、或碳原子数7~20的芳酰基。Examples of R 64 in the above general formula (6-3) and R 64a in the above general formula (6-4) include preferably an alkanoyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkanoyl group, cycloalkanoyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or aroyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.

作为上述通式(6-4)中的R63a,可优选列举:未取代的乙基、丙基、丁基、或被甲氧基羰基取代的乙基或丙基。Examples of R 63a in the above general formula (6-4) preferably include unsubstituted ethyl, propyl, butyl, or ethyl or propyl substituted with methoxycarbonyl.

另外,作为上述通式(6-4)中的R63b,可优选列举:任选被取代的咔唑基或任选被取代的苯硫基。In addition, examples of R 63b in the above general formula (6-4) preferably include an optionally substituted carbazolyl group or an optionally substituted phenylthio group.

另外,作为上述通式(6-3)及(6-4)中的任意的取代基,可列举:烷基、芳基、脂环基、杂环基、卤素基团、羟基、羧基、酰胺基等。In addition, examples of arbitrary substituents in the above general formulas (6-3) and (6-4) include alkyl groups, aryl groups, alicyclic groups, heterocyclic groups, halogen groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amides Base etc.

作为本发明中优选的肟酯类化合物、酮肟酯类化合物,具体可列举以下示例的化合物,但并不限定于这些化合物(需要说明的是,以下,“Me”表示“甲基”)。Specific examples of preferred oxime ester compounds and ketoxime ester compounds in the present invention include the compounds exemplified below, but are not limited to these compounds (hereinafter, "Me" means "methyl").

[化学式16][chemical formula 16]

[化学式17][chemical formula 17]

[化学式18][chemical formula 18]

[化学式19][chemical formula 19]

[化学式20][chemical formula 20]

此外,还可以列举:苯偶姻甲基醚、苯偶姻苯基醚、苯偶姻异丁基醚、苯偶姻异丙基醚等苯偶姻烷基醚类;2-甲基蒽醌、2-乙基蒽醌、2-叔丁基蒽醌、1-氯蒽醌等蒽醌衍生物类;二苯甲酮、米蚩酮、2-甲基二苯甲酮、3-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲基二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4-溴二苯甲酮、2-羧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮衍生物类;2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、1-羟基环己基苯基酮、α-羟基-2-甲基苯基丙酮、1-羟基-1-甲基乙基(对异丙基苯基)酮、1-羟基-1-(对十二烷基苯基)酮、2-甲基-(4’-甲硫基苯基)-2-吗啉代-1-丙酮、1,1,1-三氯甲基-(对丁基苯基)酮等苯乙酮衍生物类;噻吨酮、2-乙基噻吨酮、2-异丙基噻吨酮、2-氯噻吨酮、2,4-二甲基噻吨酮、2,4-二乙基噻吨酮、2,4-二异丙基噻吨酮等噻吨酮衍生物类;对(二甲基氨基)苯甲酸乙酯、对(二乙基氨基)苯甲酸乙酯等苯甲酸酯衍生物类;9-苯基吖啶、9-(对甲氧基苯基)吖啶等吖啶衍生物类;9,10-二甲基苯并吩嗪等吩嗪衍生物类;苯并蒽酮等蒽酮衍生物类等。In addition, benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether; 2-methylanthraquinone , 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tert-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone and other anthraquinone derivatives; benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methyl Benzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone and other benzophenone derivatives; 2,2- Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methyl phenylacetone, 1-hydroxy- 1-methylethyl(p-isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-methylthiophenyl)-2 -Morpholino-1-propanone, 1,1,1-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone and other acetophenone derivatives; thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2- Isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone and other thioxanthones Ketone derivatives; benzoate derivatives such as ethyl p-(dimethylamino)benzoate and ethyl p-(diethylamino)benzoate; 9-phenylacridine, 9-(p-methoxy Acridine derivatives such as phenyl) acridine; phenazine derivatives such as 9,10-dimethylbenzophenazine; anthrone derivatives such as benzoanthrone, etc.

在这些光聚合引发剂中,从灵敏度方面考虑,特别优选肟酯衍生物类(肟酯类化合物)。Among these photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester derivatives (oxime ester compounds) are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.

在光聚合引发剂中,也可以根据需要而出于提高感应灵敏度的目的而配合对应于图像曝光光源的波长的增敏色素。作为这些增敏色素,可列举:日本特开平4-221958号公报、日本特开平4-219756号公报中记载的呫吨色素、日本特开平3-239703号公报、日本特开平5-289335号公报中记载的具有杂环的香豆素色素、日本特开平3-239703号公报、日本特开平5-289335号公报中记载的3-氧代香豆素化合物、日本特开平6-19240号公报中记载的甲撑吡咯色素、以及日本特开昭47-2528号公报、日本特开昭54-155292号公报、日本特公昭45-37377号公报、日本特开昭48-84183号公报、日本特开昭52-112681号公报、日本特开昭58-15503号公报、日本特开昭60-88005号公报、日本特开昭59-56403号公报、日本特开平2-69号公报、日本特开昭57-168088号公报、日本特开平5-107761号公报、日本特开平5-210240号公报、日本特开平4-288818号公报中记载的具有二烷基氨基苯骨架的色素等。In the photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizing dye corresponding to the wavelength of the image exposure light source may be blended as needed for the purpose of improving sensitivity. Examples of these sensitizing dyes include xanthene dyes described in JP-A-4-221958, JP-A-4-219756, JP-A-3-239703, and JP-A-5-289335. The coumarin pigment with a heterocycle described in JP-A-3-239703, the 3-oxocoumarin compound described in JP-A-5-289335, JP-A-6-19240 Methylenepyrrole dyes described, and JP-A-47-2528, JP-A-54-155292, JP-A-45-37377, JP-A-48-84183, JP-A JP-A-52-112681, JP-A-58-15503, JP-A-60-88005, JP-A-59-56403, JP-2-69, JP-A 57-168088 A, JP-A-5-107761, JP-A-5-210240, JP-A-4-288818, and the like having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton.

这些增敏色素中,优选的是含氨基的增敏色素,更优选的是在同一分子内具有氨基及苯基的化合物。特别优选例如4,4’-二甲基氨基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二乙基氨基二苯甲酮、2-氨基二苯甲酮、4-氨基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二氨基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二氨基二苯甲酮、3,4-二氨基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮类化合物;2-(对二甲基氨基苯基)苯并唑、2-(对二乙基氨基苯基)苯并唑、2-(对二甲基氨基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并唑、2-(对二甲基氨基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并唑、2,5-双(对二乙基氨基苯基)-1,3,4-唑、2-(对二甲基氨基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(对二乙基氨基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(对二甲基氨基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(对二乙基氨基苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-双(对二乙基氨基苯基)-1,3,4-噻二唑、(对二甲基氨基苯基)吡啶、(对二乙基氨基苯基)吡啶、(对二甲基氨基苯基)喹啉、(对二乙基氨基苯基)喹啉、(对二甲基氨基苯基)嘧啶、(对二乙基氨基苯基)嘧啶等对含二烷基氨基苯基的化合物等。Among these sensitizing dyes, amino group-containing sensitizing dyes are preferable, and compounds having an amino group and a phenyl group in the same molecule are more preferable. Particularly preferred are e.g. 4,4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, 4-aminobenzophenone, 4,4 Benzophenone compounds such as '-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4-diaminobenzophenone; 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl) Benzo Azole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl) benzo Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[4,5]benzo Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[6,7]benzo Azole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4- Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl) benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2-( p-diethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p- Diethylaminophenyl) pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) pyrimidine, (p-diethylamino Phenyl)pyrimidine, etc. to compounds containing dialkylaminophenyl groups, etc.

其中,最优选的是4,4’-二烷基氨基二苯甲酮。Of these, 4,4'-dialkylaminobenzophenones are most preferred.

增敏色素也既可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。The sensitizing dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<光聚合性化合物><Photopolymerizable compound>

从灵敏度等方面考虑,优选在用于形成第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料的着色树脂组合物中进一步包含光聚合性化合物。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and the like, it is preferable to further contain a photopolymerizable compound in the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment.

作为在本发明中使用的光聚合性化合物,可列举:分子内具有至少1个烯属不饱和基团的化合物(以下也称为“烯属单体”)。具体可列举例如:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、以及具有1个烯属不饱和键的羧酸与多元醇或一元醇形成的单酯等。As a photopolymerizable compound used by this invention, the compound (henceforth an "ethylenic monomer") which has at least 1 ethylenic unsaturated group in a molecule|numerator is mentioned. Specific examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid, alkyl (meth)acrylate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and monoesters of carboxylic acids having one ethylenically unsaturated bond and polyhydric alcohols or monohydric alcohols.

在本发明中,特别优选使用在1分子中具有两个以上烯属不饱和基团的多官能烯属单体。In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a polyfunctional ethylenic monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.

作为这样的多官能烯属单体的例子,可列举例如:脂肪族多羟基化合物与不饱和羧酸形成的酯;芳香族多羟基化合物与不饱和羧酸形成的酯;由脂肪族多羟基化合物、芳香族多羟基化合物等多羟基化合物与不饱和羧酸及多元羧酸经酯化反应而得到的酯等。Examples of such polyfunctional ethylenic monomers include: esters of aliphatic polyols and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyols and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aliphatic polyols , esters obtained by esterification of polyhydroxy compounds such as aromatic polyhydroxy compounds with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids, etc.

作为上述脂肪族多羟基化合物与不饱和羧酸形成的酯,可列举:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羟甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羟甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、甘油丙烯酸酯等脂肪族多羟基化合物的丙烯酸酯、将这些示例化合物的丙烯酸酯替换成甲基丙烯酸酯而成的甲基丙烯酸酯、同样地将上述示例化合物的丙烯酸酯替换成衣康酸酯而成的衣康酸酯、替换为巴豆酸酯而成的巴豆酸酯、或替换为马来酸酯而成的马来酸酯等。Examples of esters of the aforementioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, Acrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glycerin acrylate and other aliphatic polyol acrylates, will Methacrylate obtained by replacing the acrylate of these exemplary compounds with methacrylate, similarly, itaconate obtained by replacing the acrylate of the above-mentioned exemplary compounds with itaconate, and crotonate obtained by replacing Crotonate, or a maleic acid ester substituted with a maleic acid ester, etc.

作为芳香族多羟基化合物与不饱和羧酸形成的酯,可列举:对苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、对苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、间苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、间苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、邻苯三酚三丙烯酸酯等芳香族多羟基化合物的丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。Examples of esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include: hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcinol diacrylate, resorcinol dimethacrylate Acrylate and methacrylate of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as acrylate and pyrogallol triacrylate.

作为由多元羧酸及不饱和羧酸与多羟基化合物经酯化反应而得到的酯,未必一定是单一物质,作为其代表性的具体例子,可列举:丙烯酸、苯二甲酸及乙二醇的缩合物、丙烯酸、马来酸及二乙二醇的缩合物、甲基丙烯酸、对苯二甲酸及季戊四醇的缩合物、丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油的缩合物等。As esters obtained by esterification of polyvalent carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds, they do not necessarily have to be a single substance, and typical examples thereof include acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol. Condensates, condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, condensates of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol and glycerin, etc.

另外,作为本发明中使用的多官能烯属单体的例子,使多异氰酸酯化合物与含羟基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或者多异氰酸酯化合物与多元醇及含羟基(甲基)丙烯酸酯反应而得到的氨基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯类;多元环氧化合物与羟基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸的加成反应物这样的环氧丙烯酸酯类;亚乙基双丙烯酰胺等丙烯酰胺类;苯二甲酸二烯丙酯等烯丙基酯类;苯二甲酸二乙烯基酯等含乙烯基的化合物等是有用的。In addition, as an example of the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer used in the present invention, a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate are reacted, or a polyisocyanate compound is reacted with a polyol and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate. Urethane (meth)acrylates; epoxy acrylates such as addition reactants of polyvalent epoxy compounds with hydroxyl (meth)acrylates or (meth)acrylic acid; ethylene bisacrylamide Acrylamides such as acrylamides; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate are useful.

这些可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<分散剂><Dispersant>

在第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料、以及用于形成该遮光材料的着色树脂组合物中,使(A)色材微细地分散、并使其分散状态稳定化对于确保品质的稳定性是重要的,因此优选包含分散剂。In the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment and the colored resin composition used for forming the light-shielding material, finely dispersing the (A) color material and stabilizing the dispersed state are crucial to ensuring Since the stability of quality is important, it is preferable to contain a dispersant.

作为分散剂,优选具有官能团的高分子分散剂,进一步,从分散稳定性方面考虑,优选具有羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或它们的碱;伯氨基、仲氨基或叔氨基;季铵盐基;来源于吡啶、嘧啶、吡嗪等含氮杂环的基团等官能团的高分子分散剂。其中,特别优选具有伯氨基、仲氨基或叔氨基;季铵盐基;来源于吡啶、嘧啶、吡嗪等含氮杂环的基团等碱性官能团的高分子分散剂。As a dispersant, a polymer dispersant with a functional group is preferred, and further, from the perspective of dispersion stability, it is preferred to have a carboxyl group; a phosphoric acid group; a sulfonic acid group; or their bases; a primary amino group, a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group; group; a polymer dispersant derived from functional groups such as pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine and other nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups. Among them, polymer dispersants having basic functional groups such as primary, secondary or tertiary amino groups; quaternary ammonium bases; groups derived from nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as pyridine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine are particularly preferred.

另外,作为高分子分散剂,可列举例如:聚氨酯类分散剂、丙烯酸类分散剂、聚乙烯亚胺类分散剂、聚烯丙基胺类分散剂、具有氨基的单体与大分子单体形成的分散剂、聚氧乙烯烷基醚类分散剂、聚氧乙烯二酯类分散剂、聚醚磷酸类分散剂、聚酯磷酸类分散剂、山梨糖醇酐脂肪族酯类分散剂、脂肪族改性聚酯类分散剂等。In addition, examples of polymer dispersants include polyurethane-based dispersants, acrylic-based dispersants, polyethyleneimine-based dispersants, polyallylamine-based dispersants, monomers having amino groups, and macromolecular monomers. dispersant, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, polyoxyethylene diester dispersant, polyether phosphoric acid dispersant, polyester phosphoric acid dispersant, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersant, aliphatic Modified polyester dispersant, etc.

作为这样的分散剂的具体例,可列举:商品名为EFKA(EFKA-Chemicals BV公司制)、Disperbyk(BYK-Chemie公司制、注册商标)、Disparlon(楠本化成株式会社制、注册商标)、SOLSPERSE(Lubrizol公司制、注册商标)、KP(信越化学工业株式会社制)、Polyflow(共荣社化学株式会社制)、Ajisper(味之素株式会社制、注册商标)等。Specific examples of such dispersants include trade names EFKA (manufactured by EFKA-Chemicals BV), Disperbyk (manufactured by BYK-Chemie, registered trademark), Disparlon (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals Co., Ltd., registered trademark), SOLSPERSE (Lubrizol Co., Ltd., registered trademark), KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (Ajinomoto Co., Ltd., registered trademark), etc.

这些高分子分散剂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These polymer dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

高分子分散剂的重均分子量(Mw)通常为700以上、优选为1000以上,另外,通常为100,000以下、优选为50,000以下。The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is usually 700 or more, preferably 1,000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50,000 or less.

这些当中,从密合性及直线性方面考虑,分散剂特别优选包含具有官能团的聚氨酯类高分子分散剂和/或丙烯酸类高分子分散剂。Among these, it is particularly preferable that the dispersant contains a functional group-containing polyurethane polymer dispersant and/or an acrylic polymer dispersant from the viewpoint of adhesiveness and linearity.

作为聚氨酯类高分子分散剂,可列举例如:Disperbyk(注册商标)160~167、182系列(以上由BYK-Chemie公司制)、EFKA4046、EFKA4047(以上由BASF公司制),作为丙烯酸类高分子分散剂,可列举Disperbyk(注册商标)2000、2001(以上由BYK-Chemie公司制)等。Examples of polyurethane-based polymer dispersants include Disperbyk (registered trademark) 160-167, 182 series (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), EFKA4046, and EFKA4047 (manufactured by BASF). Examples of the agent include Disperbyk (registered trademark) 2000 and 2001 (the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie).

作为聚氨酯类高分子分散剂的具体的优选化学结构的示例,可列举例如:通过使多异氰酸酯化合物、分子内具有1个或2个羟基的数均分子量300~10,000的化合物、以及在同一分子内具有活泼氢和叔氨基的化合物反应而得到的重均分子量1,000~200,000的分散树脂等。Examples of specific preferred chemical structures of polyurethane polymer dispersants include polyisocyanate compounds, compounds having a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having one or two hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and polyisocyanate compounds in the same molecule. A dispersion resin with a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000 obtained by reacting a compound having active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group.

作为上述的多异氰酸酯化合物的例子,可列举:对苯二异氰酸酯、甲苯-2,4-二异氰酸酯、甲苯-2,6-二异氰酸酯、4,4′-二苯基甲烷二异氰酸酯、萘-1,5-二异氰酸酯、联甲苯胺二异氰酸酯等芳香族二异氰酸酯、六亚甲基二异氰酸酯、赖氨酸甲酯二异氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亚甲基二异氰酸酯、二聚酸二异氰酸酯等脂肪族二异氰酸酯、异佛尔酮二异氰酸酯、4,4′-亚甲基双(环己基异氰酸酯)、ω,ω′-二异氰酸酯二甲基环己烷等脂环族二异氰酸酯、苯二甲基二异氰酸酯、α,α,α′,α′-四甲基苯二甲基二异氰酸酯等具有芳香环的脂肪族二异氰酸酯、赖氨酸酯三异氰酸酯、十一碳烷-1,6,11-三异氰酸酯、1,8-二异氰酸酯-4-异氰酸酯甲基辛烷、六亚甲基-1,3,6-三异氰酸酯、二环庚烷三异氰酸酯、三苯基甲烷三异氰酸酯、硫代磷酸三苯基三异氰酸酯等三异氰酸酯、以及它们的三聚体、水加成物、以及它们的多元醇加成物等。作为多异氰酸酯,优选的是有机二异氰酸酯的三聚体,最优选的是甲苯二异氰酸酯的三聚体和异佛尔酮二异氰酸酯的三聚体。这些可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。Examples of the above-mentioned polyisocyanate compounds include p-phenylene diisocyanate, toluene-2,4-diisocyanate, toluene-2,6-diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, naphthalene-1 , 5-diisocyanate, aromatic diisocyanate such as benzylidine diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine methyl diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer Aliphatic diisocyanates such as acid diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω,ω'-diisocyanate, dimethylcyclohexane and other aliphatic diisocyanates , xylylene diisocyanate, α,α,α′,α′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate and other aliphatic diisocyanates with aromatic rings, lysine ester triisocyanate, undecane-1 ,6,11-triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatemethyloctane, hexamethylene-1,3,6-triisocyanate, dicycloheptane triisocyanate, triphenylmethane triisocyanate , Triisocyanates such as phosphorothioate triphenyl triisocyanate, and their trimers, water adducts, and their polyol adducts. As the polyisocyanate, preferred are trimers of organic diisocyanates, most preferred are trimers of toluene diisocyanate and trimers of isophorone diisocyanate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作为异氰酸酯的三聚体的制造方法,可以举出如下方法:使用适当的三聚化催化剂、例如叔胺类、膦类、烷氧化物类、金属氧化物、羧酸盐类等对上述多异氰酸酯类进行异氰酸酯基的部分的三聚化,通过添加催化剂毒物使三聚化终止,然后用溶剂提取、薄膜蒸馏而除去未反应的多异氰酸酯,从而得到目标的含有三聚异氰酸酯基的多异氰酸酯。As a method for producing a trimer of isocyanate, the following method can be mentioned: using an appropriate trimerization catalyst, such as tertiary amines, phosphines, alkoxides, metal oxides, carboxylates, etc. Partial trimerization of isocyanate groups is carried out, the trimerization is terminated by adding a catalyst poison, and then unreacted polyisocyanate is removed by solvent extraction and thin film distillation, thereby obtaining the target polyisocyanate containing trimeric isocyanate groups.

作为在同一分子内具有1个或2个羟基的数均分子量300~10,000的化合物,可列举:聚醚二元醇、聚酯二元醇、聚碳酸酯二元醇、聚烯烃二元醇等、以及这些化合物的一侧末端羟基被碳原子数1~25的烷基烷氧化而得到的物质、以及它们中的2种以上的混合物。Examples of compounds having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and having a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 include polyether diol, polyester diol, polycarbonate diol, polyolefin diol, etc. , and those obtained by alkoxylation of one terminal hydroxyl group of these compounds with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and a mixture of two or more thereof.

作为聚醚二元醇,可列举:聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、以及它们的2种以上的混合物。作为聚醚二醇,可列举:将氧化烯均聚或共聚而得到的物质,例如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚乙二醇丙二醇、聚氧亚丁基二醇、聚氧亚己基二醇、聚氧亚辛基二醇及它们的2种以上的混合物。As polyether diol, polyether diol, polyether ester diol, and the mixture of these 2 or more types are mentioned. Examples of polyether diols include those obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing alkylene oxides, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol propylene glycol, polyoxybutylene glycol, polyoxyhexamethylene glycol, Polyoxyoctylene glycol and mixtures of two or more thereof.

作为聚醚酯二醇,可列举:通过使含有醚基的二醇或与其它二醇的混合物与二羧酸或它们的酸酐反应、或者使氧化烯与聚酯二醇反应而得到的物质,例如聚(聚氧四亚甲基)己二酸酯等。作为聚醚二醇,最优选的是聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧四亚甲基二醇或这些化合物的一侧末端羟基被碳原子数1~25的烷基烷氧化而得到的化合物。Examples of polyether ester diols include those obtained by reacting ether group-containing diols or mixtures with other diols with dicarboxylic acids or their anhydrides, or by reacting alkylene oxide with polyester diols, For example, poly(polyoxytetramethylene) adipate and the like. As the polyether diol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or a compound obtained by alkoxylation of one terminal hydroxyl group of these compounds with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is most preferable. .

作为聚酯二醇,可列举:二羧酸(琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、富马酸、马来酸、苯二甲酸等)或它们的酸酐与二醇(乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2,5-二甲基-2,5-己二醇、1,8-辛二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇等脂肪族二醇、双(羟甲基)环己烷等脂环族二醇、苯二甲醇、双(羟基乙氧基)苯等芳香族二醇、N-甲基二乙醇胺等N-烷基二烷醇胺等)经缩聚而得到的物质,例如聚己二酸乙二醇酯、聚己二酸丁二醇酯、聚己二酸1,6-己二醇酯、聚己二酸乙二醇丙二醇酯等,或者使用上述二醇类或碳原子数1~25的一元醇作为引发剂而得到的聚内酯二醇或聚内酯一元醇,例如聚己内酯二醇、聚甲基戊内酯及它们的2种以上的混合物。作为聚酯二醇,最优选的是聚己内酯二醇或以碳原子数1~25的醇为引发剂得到的聚己内酯。Examples of polyester diols include dicarboxylic acids (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, etc.) Diol, Diethylene Glycol, Triethylene Glycol, Propylene Glycol, Dipropylene Glycol, Tripropylene Glycol, 1,2-Butanediol, 1,3-Butanediol, 1,4-Butanediol, 2,3-Butanediol Diol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol, 2- Butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-tris Methyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2- Aliphatic diols such as methyl-1,8-octanediol and 1,9-nonanediol, aliphatic diols such as bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane, benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxyethoxy ) Aromatic diols such as benzene, N-alkyldialkanolamines such as N-methyldiethanolamine, etc.) obtained by polycondensation, such as polyethylene adipate, polybutylene adipate , poly-1,6-hexanediol adipate, polyethylene glycol propylene adipate, etc., or polylactones obtained by using the above-mentioned diols or monohydric alcohols with 1 to 25 carbon atoms as initiators Diols or polylactone monoalcohols, such as polycaprolactone diol, polymethylvalerolactone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. As the polyester diol, polycaprolactone diol or polycaprolactone obtained by using an alcohol having 1 to 25 carbon atoms as an initiator is most preferable.

作为聚碳酸酯二醇,可列举:聚碳酸(1,6-己二醇)酯二醇、聚碳酸(3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇)酯二醇等,作为聚烯烃二醇,可列举聚丁二烯二醇、加氢型聚丁二烯二醇、加氢型聚异戊二烯二醇等。Examples of the polycarbonate diol include: poly(1,6-hexanediol) carbonate diol, poly(3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol) carbonate diol, etc. Examples of the alcohol include polybutadiene diol, hydrogenated polybutadiene diol, hydrogenated polyisoprene diol, and the like.

这些可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

同一分子内具有1个或2个羟基的化合物的数均分子量通常为300~10,000、优选为500~6,000、进一步优选为1,000~4,000。The number average molecular weight of the compound which has 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is 300-10,000 normally, Preferably it is 500-6,000, More preferably, it is 1,000-4,000.

对本发明中使用的在同一分子内具有活泼氢和叔氨基的化合物进行说明。作为活泼氢、即直接键合在氧原子、氮原子或硫原子上的氢原子,可列举:羟基、氨基、巯基等官能团中的氢原子,其中,优选氨基、特别是伯氨基的氢原子。A compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule used in the present invention will be described. Active hydrogen, that is, a hydrogen atom directly bonded to an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, includes hydrogen atoms in functional groups such as hydroxyl, amino, and mercapto groups, among which hydrogen atoms of amino groups, especially primary amino groups, are preferred.

叔氨基没有特别限定,可例如例如具有碳原子数1~4的烷基的氨基,或者杂环结构,更具体为咪唑环或三唑环等。The tertiary amino group is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, an amino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic structure, more specifically an imidazole ring or a triazole ring.

如果示例这样的在同一分子内具有活泼氢和叔氨基的化合物,则可列举:N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二甲基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N-二丙基乙二胺、N,N-二丁基乙二胺、N,N-二甲基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,4-丁二胺等。Examples of such compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amino groups in the same molecule include: N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propane Diamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, N,N- Diethylethylenediamine, N,N-dipropylethylenediamine, N,N-dibutylethylenediamine, N,N-dimethyl-1,4-butylenediamine, N,N-di Ethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine, etc.

另外,作为叔氨基为含氮杂环结构的情况下的该含氮杂环,可列举:吡唑环、咪唑环、三唑环、四唑环、吲哚环、咔唑环、吲唑环、苯并咪唑环、苯并三唑环、苯并唑环、苯并噻唑环、苯并噻二唑环等含氮5元杂环,吡啶环、哒嗪环、嘧啶环、三嗪环、喹啉环、吖啶环、异喹啉环等含氮6元杂环。这些含氮杂环中,优选的是咪唑环或三唑环。In addition, examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle when the tertiary amino group has a nitrogen-containing heterocycle structure include pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, and indazole ring. , benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzo Nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocycles such as azole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzothiadiazole ring, etc.; pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, isoquinoline ring, etc. Nitrogen 6-membered heterocycle. Among these nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring is preferred.

如果具体示例这些具有咪唑环和氨基的化合物,则可列举:1-(3-氨基丙基)咪唑、组氨酸、2-氨基咪唑、1-(2-氨基乙基)咪唑等。另外,如果具体示例这些具有三唑环和氨基的化合物,则可列举:3-氨基-1,2,4-三唑、5-(2-氨基-5-氯苯基)-3-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑、4-氨基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3,5-二醇、3-氨基-5-苯基-1H-1,3,4-三唑、5-氨基-1,4-二苯基-1,2,3-三唑、3-氨基-1-苄基-1H-2,4-三唑等。其中,优选N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、1-(3-氨基丙基)咪唑、3-氨基-1,2,4-三唑。Specific examples of these compounds having an imidazole ring and an amino group include 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, 1-(2-aminoethyl)imidazole, and the like. In addition, specific examples of compounds having these triazole rings and amino groups include: 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 5-(2-amino-5-chlorophenyl)-3-phenyl -1H-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1H-1,3,4 -triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3-triazole, 3-amino-1-benzyl-1H-2,4-triazole, etc. Among them, N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propylenediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propylenediamine, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3-amino- 1,2,4-triazole.

这些可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

制造聚氨酯类高分子分散剂时的原料的优选配合比率如下:相对于多异氰酸酯化合物100质量份,在同一分子内具有1个或2个羟基的数均分子量300~10,000的化合物为10~200质量份、优选为20~190质量份、进一步优选为30~180质量份,在同一分子内具有活泼氢和叔氨基的化合物为0.2~25质量份、优选为0.3~24质量份。The preferred compounding ratio of raw materials for the production of polyurethane-based polymer dispersants is as follows: 10 to 200 parts by mass of a compound having a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule per 100 parts by mass of polyisocyanate compound parts, preferably 20 to 190 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 180 parts by mass, and compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amino groups in the same molecule are 0.2 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.3 to 24 parts by mass.

聚氨酯类高分子分散剂的制造按照聚氨酯树脂制造的公知方法来进行。作为制造时的溶剂,通常使用丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基异丁基酮、环戊酮、环己酮、异佛尔酮等酮类;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸溶纤剂等酯类;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷等烃类;二丙酮醇、异丙醇、仲丁醇、叔丁醇等部分醇类;二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯代物;四氢呋喃、乙醚等醚类;二甲基甲酰胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二甲亚砜等极性非质子溶剂等。这些溶剂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。The production of the polyurethane polymer dispersant is carried out in accordance with known methods for producing polyurethane resins. As solvents during production, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone; esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and cellosolve acetate are generally used ; Benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane and other hydrocarbons; diacetone alcohol, isopropanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol and other alcohols; dichloromethane, chloroform and other chlorinated substances; tetrahydrofuran, ether and other ethers; Polar aprotic solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在上述制造时,通常使用氨基甲酸酯化反应催化剂。作为该催化剂,可列举例如:二丁基锡二月桂酸酯、二辛基锡二月桂酸酯、二丁基锡二辛酸酯、辛酸锡等锡类、乙酰丙酮铁、氯化铁等铁类、三乙胺、三乙二胺等叔胺类等中的1种或2种以上。In the above-mentioned production, a urethanization reaction catalyst is generally used. Examples of the catalyst include tins such as dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dicaprylate, and tin octoate, irons such as iron acetylacetonate and iron chloride, triethylamine, One or two or more of tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine.

同一分子内具有活泼氢和叔氨基的化合物的导入量优选为将反应后的胺值控制在1~100mgKOH/g范围的量,更优选为5~95mgKOH/g的范围。胺值是用酸对碱性氨基进行中和滴定,用KOH的mg数表示的与酸值相对应的值。胺值低于上述范围时,存在分散能力下降的倾向,另外,如果超过上述范围,则显影性容易降低。The introduction amount of the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amino group in the same molecule is preferably such that the amine value after the reaction is controlled within the range of 1 to 100 mgKOH/g, more preferably within the range of 5 to 95 mgKOH/g. The amine value is a value corresponding to the acid value expressed in mg of KOH by neutralizing the basic amino group with an acid. When the amine value is less than the above range, the dispersibility tends to decrease, and when it exceeds the above range, developability tends to decrease.

需要说明的是,以上的反应中在高分子分散剂中残存异氰酸酯基的情况下,如果进一步用醇、氨基化合物来破坏异氰酸酯基,则会导致产物的经时稳定性变高,因此优选。In the above reaction, when isocyanate groups remain in the polymer dispersant, it is preferable to further destroy the isocyanate groups with an alcohol or an amino compound because the stability of the product over time will increase.

聚氨酯类高分子分散剂的重均分子量(Mw)通常为1,000~200,000、优选为2,000~100,000、更优选为3,000~50,000的范围。该分子量低于1,000时,分散性及分散稳定性差,如果超过200,000,则溶解性下降,分散性差,同时反应的控制变得困难。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of a polyurethane type polymer dispersant is 1,000-200,000 normally, Preferably it is 2,000-100,000, More preferably, it is the range of 3,000-50,000. When the molecular weight is less than 1,000, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are poor, and when it exceeds 200,000, the solubility decreases, the dispersibility is poor, and the control of the reaction becomes difficult.

作为丙烯酸类高分子分散剂,优选使用具有官能团(这里所说的官能团是作为高分子分散剂中所含的官能团在前面叙述的官能团)且含有不饱和基团的单体与不具有官能团但含有不饱和基团的单体形成的无规共聚物、接枝共聚物、嵌段共聚物。这些共聚物可以用公知的方法来制造。As the acrylic polymer dispersant, it is preferable to use a monomer having a functional group (the functional group mentioned here is a functional group described above as a functional group contained in the polymer dispersant) and containing an unsaturated group and a monomer having no functional group but containing Random copolymers, graft copolymers, and block copolymers formed from monomers with unsaturated groups. These copolymers can be produced by known methods.

作为具有官能团且含有不饱和基团的单体的具体例,可列举:(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯酰氧基乙基六氢苯二甲酸、丙烯酸二聚物等具有羧基的不饱和单体、二甲基氨基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基氨基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及它们的季化物等具有叔氨基、季铵盐基的不饱和单体。这些单体可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。Specific examples of monomers having functional groups and unsaturated groups include: (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxy Ethylphthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, unsaturated monomers with carboxyl groups such as acrylic acid dimer, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, Unsaturated monomers with tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium bases, such as diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and their quaternary compounds. These monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作为不具有官能团但含有不饱和基团的单体,可列举:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸叔丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸环己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸异冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三环癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氢糠酯、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯、N-环己基马来酰亚胺、N-苯基马来酰亚胺、N-苄基马来酰亚胺等N-取代马来酰亚胺、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯及聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯大分子单体、聚苯乙烯大分子单体、聚(甲基)丙烯酸2-羟基乙酯大分子单体、聚乙二醇大分子单体、聚丙二醇大分子单体、聚己内酯大分子单体等大分子单体等。这些单体可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。Examples of monomers that do not have a functional group but contain an unsaturated group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate ester, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Tricyclodecanyl ester, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene and its derivatives, α-methylstyrene, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide N-substituted maleimides such as imide, N-benzylmaleimide, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate and poly(meth)acrylate macromers, polystyrene macromers Macromers such as poly(2-hydroxyethyl meth)acrylate macromers, polyethylene glycol macromers, polypropylene glycol macromers, polycaprolactone macromers, etc. These monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

丙烯酸类高分子分散剂特别优选由具有官能团的A嵌段与不具有官能团的B嵌段构成的A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物,该情况下,A嵌段中除了包含上述包含官能团且含有不饱和基团的单体以外,也可以含有上述不包含官能团但含有不饱和基团的单体,这些结构在该A嵌段中可以以无规共聚或嵌段共聚的任意的形态含有。另外,不含官能团的部分结构在A嵌段中的含量通常为80质量%以下,优选为50质量%以下、进一步优选为30质量%以下。The acrylic polymer dispersant is particularly preferably an A-B or B-A-B block copolymer composed of an A block with a functional group and a B block without a functional group. In addition to the group monomers, the above-mentioned monomers containing no functional groups but containing unsaturated groups may be included, and these structures may be contained in any form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization in the A block. In addition, the content of the partial structure not containing a functional group in the A block is usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.

B嵌段由上述不包含官能团但含有不饱和基团的单体形成,在1个B嵌段中可以含有2种以上单体,这些单体在该B嵌段中可以以无规共聚或嵌段共聚中的任意形态含有。The B block is formed by the above-mentioned monomers that do not contain functional groups but contain unsaturated groups. One B block can contain more than two types of monomers. These monomers can be randomly copolymerized or block in the B block. Arbitrary form in block copolymerization contains.

该A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物例如可利用活性聚合法制备。The A-B or B-A-B block copolymer can be prepared, for example, by living polymerization.

活性聚合法包括阴离子活性聚合法、阳离子活性聚合法、自由基活性聚合法,其中,阴离子活性聚合法的聚合活性种是阴离子。自由基活性聚合法的聚合活性种是自由基。The living polymerization method includes an anionic living polymerization method, a cationic living polymerization method, and a free radical living polymerization method, wherein the polymerization active species of the anionic living polymerization method is an anion. The active species of polymerization in the free radical living polymerization method is a free radical.

合成该丙烯酸类高分子分散剂时,可采用在日本特开平9-62002号公报、P.Lutz,P.Masson et al,Polym.Bull.12,79(1984)、B.C.Anderson,G.D.Andrews et al,Macromolecules,14,1601(1981)、K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.17,977(1985),18,1037(1986)、右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36,366(1987)、东村敏延、泽本光男、高分子论文集、46,189(1989)、M.Kuroki,T.Aida,J.Am.Chem.Sic,109,4737(1987)、相田卓三、井上祥平、有机合成化学、43,300(1985)、D.Y.Sogoh,W.R.Hertler et al,Macromolecules,20,1473(1987)等中记载的公知方法。When synthesizing the acrylic polymer dispersant, it can be used in Japanese Patent Application No. 9-62002, P.Lutz, P.Masson et al, Polym.Bull.12, 79 (1984), B.C.Anderson, G.D.Andrews et al , Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986), Koichi Right, Koichi Hatada, Polymer Processing, 36, 366 (1987 ), Toshinobu Higashimura, Mitsuo Sawamoto, Collection of Polymer Papers, 46, 189 (1989), M.Kuroki, T.Aida, J.Am.Chem.Sic, 109, 4737 (1987), Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Known methods described in Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), D.Y. Sogoh, W.R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987) and the like.

本发明中使用的丙烯酸类高分子分散剂无论是A-B嵌段共聚物还是B-A-B嵌段共聚物,构成其共聚物的A嵌段/B嵌段比均优选为1/99~80/20、特别优选为5/95~60/40(质量比),在该范围外时,有时无法兼备良好的耐热性和分散性。Whether the acrylic polymer dispersant used in the present invention is an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer, the ratio of the A block/B block constituting the copolymer is preferably 1/99 to 80/20, especially It is preferably 5/95 to 60/40 (mass ratio), and when it is out of this range, good heat resistance and dispersibility may not be compatible.

另外,本发明的A-B嵌段共聚物、B-A-B嵌段共聚物1g中的季铵盐基的量通常优选为0.1~10mmol,在该范围外时,有时无法兼备良好的耐热性和分散性。In addition, the amount of the quaternary ammonium salt group in 1 g of the A-B block copolymer and B-A-B block copolymer of the present invention is usually preferably 0.1 to 10 mmol, and outside this range, good heat resistance and dispersibility may not be compatible.

需要说明的是,在这样的嵌段共聚物中,通常存在含有在制造过程中产生的氨基的情况,但其胺值为1~100mgKOH/g左右。In addition, although such a block copolymer usually contains the amino group which arises in the manufacturing process, its amine value is about 1-100 mgKOH/g.

这里,这些嵌段共聚物等分散剂的胺值以与分散剂试样中的除溶剂外的每1g固体成分的碱量相当的KOH的质量表示,通过下述方法来测定。在100mL的烧杯精确称量分散剂试样0.5~1.5g,并用50mL的乙酸溶解。使用配备有pH电极的自动滴定装置,利用0.1mol/L的HClO4乙酸溶液对该溶液进行中和滴定。将滴定pH曲线的拐点作为滴定终点,并利用下式求出胺值。Here, the amine value of these dispersants such as block copolymers is represented by the mass of KOH per 1 g of solid content of the dispersant sample, and is measured by the following method. Accurately weigh 0.5 to 1.5 g of a dispersant sample in a 100 mL beaker, and dissolve it with 50 mL of acetic acid. Using an automatic titration device equipped with a pH electrode, the solution was neutralized and titrated with 0.1 mol/L HClO 4 acetic acid solution. The inflection point of the titration pH curve was regarded as the titration end point, and the amine value was obtained by the following formula.

胺值[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S)Amine value [mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S)

[其中,W:表示分散剂试样称取量[g]、V:表示在滴定终点时的滴定量[mL]、S:表示分散剂试样的固体成分浓度[质量%]。][Wherein, W: represents the weighed amount of the dispersant sample [g], V: represents the titration amount [mL] at the end of the titration, and S: represents the solid content concentration [mass %] of the dispersant sample. ]

另外,该嵌段共聚物的酸值依赖于作为该酸值基础的酸性基团的有无及其种类,通常优选酸值较低者,通常为10mgKOH/g以下,其重均分子量(Mw)优选为1000~100,000的范围。嵌段共聚物的重均分子量低于1000时,存在分散稳定性降低的倾向,超过100,000时,存在显影性、分辨性下降的倾向。In addition, the acid value of the block copolymer depends on the presence or absence and the type of the acidic group as the basis of the acid value. Generally, the acid value is lower, usually below 10 mgKOH/g, and its weight average molecular weight (Mw) Preferably, it is the range of 1000-100,000. When the weight-average molecular weight of the block copolymer is less than 1,000, dispersion stability tends to decrease, and when it exceeds 100,000, developability and resolution tend to decrease.

<颜料衍生物><Pigment Derivatives>

从提高分散稳定性的观点考虑,上述分散剂也可以与以下的颜料衍生物组合使用。From the viewpoint of improving dispersion stability, the above-mentioned dispersant may be used in combination with the following pigment derivatives.

作为颜料衍生物,可列举偶氮类、酞菁类、喹吖酮类、苯并咪唑酮类、喹酞酮类、异吲哚啉酮类、二嗪类、蒽醌类、阴丹士林类、苝类、芘酮类、二酮吡咯并吡咯类、二嗪类等的衍生物,其中,优选酞菁类、喹酞酮类。Examples of pigment derivatives include azos, phthalocyanines, quinacridones, benzimidazolones, quinophthalones, isoindolinones, Azines, anthraquinones, indanthrene, perylenes, pyrenes, diketopyrrolopyrroles, diketopyrrolopyrroles, Derivatives such as oxazines, among which phthalocyanines and quinophthalones are preferable.

作为颜料衍生物的取代基,可列举磺酸基、磺酰胺基及其季盐、邻苯二甲酰亚胺甲基、二烷基氨基烷基、羟基、羧基、酰胺基等,它们可直接或隔着烷基、芳基、杂环基等键合在颜料骨架上,上述颜料衍生物的取代基中,优选磺酸基。另外,在一个颜料骨架上可以取代多个这些取代基。作为颜料衍生物的具体例,可列举酞菁的磺酸衍生物、喹酞酮的磺酸衍生物、蒽醌的磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮的磺酸衍生物、二酮吡咯并吡咯的磺酸衍生物、二嗪的磺酸衍生物等。这些颜料衍生物可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。As the substituent of pigment derivatives, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group and its quaternary salt, phthalimide methyl group, dialkylaminoalkyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amido group, etc. can be listed, and they can be directly Or it is bonded to the pigment skeleton via an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. Among the substituents of the above-mentioned pigment derivatives, a sulfonic acid group is preferred. In addition, a plurality of these substituents may be substituted on one pigment skeleton. Specific examples of pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinophthalone, sulfonic acid derivatives of anthraquinone, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinacridone, and diketopyrrolopyrrole derivatives. Sulfonic acid derivatives, two Sulfonic acid derivatives of oxazine, etc. These pigment derivatives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<着色树脂组合物的其它配合成分><Other Compounding Components of Colored Resin Composition>

在用于形成第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料的着色树脂组合物中,除了上述成分以外,可以适当配合磷酸类添加剂、硅烷偶联剂、表面活性剂、硫醇类添加剂、紫外线吸收剂、抗氧剂等。In the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, phosphoric acid-based additives, silane coupling agents, surfactants, mercaptans, and Additives, UV absorbers, antioxidants, etc.

(1)磷酸类添加剂(1) Phosphoric acid additives

作为磷酸类添加剂,优选含(甲基)丙烯酰氧基的磷酸酯类,优选下述通式(5a)、(5b)或(5c)所示的物质。As the phosphoric acid additive, (meth)acryloyloxy group-containing phosphoric acid esters are preferable, and those represented by the following general formula (5a), (5b) or (5c) are preferable.

[化学式21][chemical formula 21]

[上述通式(5a)、(5b)及(5c)中,R51表示氢原子或甲基,p及p’为1~10的整数,q为1、2或3。][In the above general formulas (5a), (5b) and (5c), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, p and p' are integers from 1 to 10, and q is 1, 2 or 3. ]

这些磷酸类添加剂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These phosphoric acid additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(2)硅烷偶联剂(2) Silane coupling agent

为了改善与透明基板的密合性,也可以添加硅烷偶联剂。In order to improve the adhesiveness with a transparent substrate, you may add a silane coupling agent.

作为硅烷偶联剂的种类,可以将环氧类、(甲基)丙烯酸类、氨基类等各种硅烷偶联剂中的1种单独使用,或者将2种以上混合使用。As the kind of the silane coupling agent, one type of various silane coupling agents such as epoxy type, (meth)acryl type, and amino type can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

作为优选的硅烷偶联剂,可列举例如:3-甲基丙烯酰氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基硅烷、3-甲基丙烯酰氧基丙基三甲氧基硅烷等(甲基)丙烯酰氧基硅烷类、2-(3,4-环氧环己基)乙基三甲氧基硅烷、3-环氧丙氧丙基三甲氧基硅烷、3-环氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基硅烷、3-环氧丙氧丙基三乙氧基硅烷等环氧硅烷类、3-脲丙基三乙氧基硅烷等脲基硅烷类、3-异氰酸丙基三乙氧基硅烷等异氰酸酯硅烷类,特别优选列举环氧硅烷类的硅烷偶联剂。Examples of preferred silane coupling agents include (meth)acrylic acid such as 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. Acyloxysilanes, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethyl Epoxysilanes such as oxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, etc., ureidosilanes such as 3-ureapropyltriethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane As isocyanate silanes such as silanes, epoxysilane-based silane coupling agents are particularly preferable.

这些硅烷偶联剂可以单独使用1种,也可以将2种以上组合使用。These silane coupling agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(3)表面活性剂(3) Surfactant

作为表面活性剂,可以使用例如阴离子型、阳离子型、非离子型、两性表面活性剂等各种表面活性剂。其中,从对各种特性带来不良影响的可能性低这方面考虑,优选使用非离子型表面活性剂,其中,从涂布性方面考虑,氟类表面活性剂、硅类表面活性剂是有效的。As the surfactant, various surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used. Among them, nonionic surfactants are preferably used from the viewpoint of low possibility of adversely affecting various properties, and among them, fluorine-based surfactants and silicon-based surfactants are effective in terms of coatability. of.

作为这样的表面活性剂,可列举例如:TSF4460(GE东芝有机硅株式会社制)、DFX-18(NEOS公司制)、BYK-300、BYK-325、BYK-330(BYK-Chemie公司制)、KP340(信越有机硅株式会社制)、F-470、F-475、F-478、F-559(DIC公司制)、SH7PA(Toray Silicone公司制)、DS-401(大金株式会社制)、L-77(日本尤尼卡株式会社制)、FC4430(住友3M公司制)等。Examples of such surfactants include TSF4460 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicones), DFX-18 (manufactured by NEOS), BYK-300, BYK-325, BYK-330 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), KP340 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.), F-470, F-475, F-478, F-559 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), SH7PA (manufactured by Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.), DS-401 (manufactured by Daikin Corporation), L-77 (manufactured by Japan Unica Co., Ltd.), FC4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), etc.

这些表面活性剂可以使用1种,也可以以任意的组合及比率组合使用2种以上。These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more of them in arbitrary combinations and ratios.

(4)硫醇类添加剂(4) Mercaptan additives

为了实现高灵敏度化、提高对透明基板的密合性,还可以添加硫醇类。作为硫醇类的种类,可列举:己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、1,4-二甲基巯基苯、二巯基丙酸丁二醇酯、二巯基乙酸丁二醇酯、二巯基乙酸乙二醇酯、三羟甲基丙烷三巯基乙酸酯、二巯基丙酸丁二醇酯、三羟甲基丙烷三巯基丙酸酯、三羟甲基丙烷三巯基乙酸酯、季戊四醇四巯基丙酸酯、季戊四醇四巯基乙酸酯、三巯基丙酸三羟基乙酯、乙二醇双(3-巯基丁酸酯)、丁二醇双(3-巯基丁酸酯)、三羟甲基丙烷三(3-巯基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巯基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巯基丁酸酯)、乙二醇双(3-巯基异丁酸酯)、丁二醇双(3-巯基异丁酸酯)、三羟甲基丙烷三(3-巯基异丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巯基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等,这些硫醇类添加剂可以单独使用其中的1种,或者将2种以上混合使用。Thiols may also be added in order to achieve high sensitivity and improve adhesion to transparent substrates. Examples of mercaptans include hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, butanediol dimercaptopropionate, butylenediol dimercaptoacetate, and dimercaptoacetic acid. Ethylene glycol esters, trimethylolpropane trimercaptoacetate, butylene glycol dimercaptopropionate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptopropionate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptoacetate, pentaerythritol tetramercapto Propionate, Pentaerythritol Tetramercaptoacetate, Trihydroxyethyl Trimercaptopropionate, Ethylene Glycol Bis(3-Mercaptobutyrate), Butylene Glycol Bis(3-Mercaptobutyrate), Trimethylol Propane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), butanediol Bis(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5 -Triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, etc. These thiol additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<着色树脂组合物中的成分配合量><Amounts of Components Blended in the Colored Resin Composition>

在用于形成第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料的着色树脂组合物中,(A)色材的含量通常可以在相对于着色树脂组合物中的全部固体成分为1~70质量%的范围内选择。In the colored resin composition used to form the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, the content of the (A) color material can usually be 1 to Choose within the range of 70% by mass.

该范围中,更优选为10~60质量%、特别优选为20~55质量%。如果(A)色材的含量过少,则会导致作为遮光材料的遮光性降低,如果含量过多,则有时无法获得充分的图像形成性。In this range, it is more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 55% by mass. When there is too little content of (A) color material, the light-shielding property as a light-shielding material will fall, and when there is too much content, sufficient image formability may not be acquired.

另外,在形成其中的透明基板侧的遮光材料、遮光材料中的第1层的着色树脂组合物中,相对于着色树脂组合物中的全部固体成分,(A)色材的含量更优选为1~30质量%、特别优选为1~20质量%。如果(A)色材的含量过多,则会导致透明基板与遮光材料的界面的反射率增高,故不优选。In addition, in the colored resin composition forming the light-shielding material on the transparent substrate side or the first layer of the light-shielding material, the content of the (A) coloring material is more preferably 1 with respect to the total solid content in the colored resin composition. -30% by mass, particularly preferably 1-20% by mass. When there is too much content of (A) color material, since the reflectance of the interface of a transparent substrate and a light-shielding material will become high, it is unpreferable.

另外,在形成与透明基板相反一侧、遮光材料中的第2层以后的层的着色树脂组合物中,相对于着色树脂组合物中的全部固体成分,(A)色材的含量更优选为20~70质量%、特别优选为30~60质量%。如果(A)色材的含量过少,则有时无法获得充分的遮光性。In addition, in the colored resin composition that forms the second and subsequent layers of the light-shielding material on the side opposite to the transparent substrate, the content of the (A) coloring material is more preferably 20 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 30 to 60% by mass. When there is too little content of (A) color material, sufficient light-shielding property may not be acquired.

使用分散剂的情况下,其含量在着色树脂组合物的固体成分中通常为50质量%以下、优选为30质量%以下,通常为1质量%以上、优选为3质量%以上。另外,分散剂的含量相对于(A)色材通常为5质量%以上、特别优选为10质量%以上,通常为200质量%以下、特别优选为80质量%以下。如果分散剂的含量过少,则有时无法获得充分的遮光性,如果过多,则会相对地导致其它成分的比例减少,存在导致色彩浓度、灵敏度、成膜性等下降的倾向。When a dispersant is used, its content is usually 50% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, and usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 3% by mass or more in the solid content of the colored resin composition. Moreover, content of a dispersing agent is 5 mass % or more normally with respect to (A) color material, Especially preferably 10 mass % or more, Usually 200 mass % or less, Especially preferably, 80 mass % or less. If the content of the dispersant is too small, sufficient light-shielding properties may not be obtained, and if it is too large, the ratio of other components will decrease relatively, and the color density, sensitivity, film-forming property, etc. will tend to decrease.

特别是,作为分散剂,优选将高分子分散剂和颜料衍生物组合使用,该情况下,颜料衍生物的配合比例相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分通常为1质量%以上,通常为10质量%以下、优选为5质量%以下。In particular, as a dispersant, it is preferable to use a combination of a polymer dispersant and a pigment derivative. In this case, the compounding ratio of the pigment derivative is usually 1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention, Usually, it is 10 mass % or less, Preferably it is 5 mass % or less.

相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分,(B)有机结合材料的含量通常为5质量%以上、优选为10质量%以上,通常为85质量%以下、优选为80质量%以下。The content of the (B) organic binder is usually at least 5% by mass, preferably at least 10% by mass, and usually at most 85% by mass, preferably at most 80% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention.

(B)有机结合材料为可溶于碱的树脂的情况下,如果其含量明显较少,则未曝光部分在显影液中的溶解性降低,容易引起显影不良。相反,如果(B)有机结合材料的含量过多,则存在显影液对曝光部的浸透性变高的倾向,可能导致像素的清晰性、密合性降低。(B) When the organic binder is an alkali-soluble resin, if the content thereof is remarkably small, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developing solution is lowered, and poor development is likely to occur. Conversely, when there is too much content of (B) organic binder, the penetrability of a developing solution to an exposure part will become high, and there exists a possibility that resolution and adhesiveness of a pixel may fall.

另外,(B)有机结合材料的相对于(A)色材的量通常为10~500质量%、优选为30~300质量%、更优选为50~200质量%的范围。如果相对于(A)色材的(B)有机结合材料的含量过低,则未曝光部分在显影液中的溶解性降低,容易引起显影不良,如果明显较高,则难以得到期望的像素膜厚。Moreover, the quantity of (B) organic binder with respect to (A) color material is 10-500 mass % normally, Preferably it is 30-300 mass %, More preferably, it is the range of 50-200 mass %. If the content of (B) organic binding material relative to (A) color material is too low, the solubility of the unexposed part in the developer solution will decrease, which will easily cause poor development. If it is significantly higher, it will be difficult to obtain the desired pixel film. thick.

另外,在形成其中的透明基板侧的遮光材料、遮光材料中的第1层的着色树脂组合物中,(B)有机结合材料的含量以相对于(A)色材和(C)微粒的总量的含量计,优选为10~300质量%、特别优选为20~200质量%。In addition, in the light-shielding material on the transparent substrate side formed therein, and in the colored resin composition of the first layer in the light-shielding material, the content of the (B) organic binder is expressed relative to the total of the (A) color material and (C) fine particles. The amount of content is preferably 10 to 300% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 200% by mass.

相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分,用于形成透明基板侧的遮光材料、遮光材料中的第1层的着色树脂组合物中的(C)微粒的含量通常在10~40质量%的范围、优选在15~35质量%的范围内使用。如果(C)微粒的含量过少,则在形成与透明基板相反一侧的遮光材料、遮光材料中的第2层以后的层时,在涂布了着色树脂组合物时,存在导致透明基板侧的遮光材料、遮光材料中的第1层的涂膜发生溶解的隐患,相反,如果(C)微粒的含量过多,则未曝光部分在显影液中的溶解性降低,容易引起显影不良。需要说明的是,用于形成与透明基板相反一侧、遮光材料中的第2层以后的层的着色树脂组合物优选不含有(C)微粒。The content of (C) fine particles in the colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material on the transparent substrate side or the first layer of the light-shielding material is usually 10 to 40% by mass relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. % range, preferably 15 to 35% by mass. If the content of (C) fine particles is too small, when forming the light-shielding material on the side opposite to the transparent substrate, or the second and subsequent layers of the light-shielding material, when the colored resin composition is applied, there will be a phenomenon that causes the transparent substrate side The light-shielding material and the coating film of the first layer in the light-shielding material may be dissolved. On the contrary, if the content of (C) particles is too large, the solubility of the unexposed part in the developer will decrease, which will easily cause poor development. In addition, it is preferable that the colored resin composition used for forming the layer after the 2nd layer in a light-shielding material on the side opposite to a transparent substrate does not contain (C) microparticles|fine-particles.

相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分,(E)光聚合引发剂的含量通常为0.1质量%以上、优选为0.5质量%以上、进一步优选为0.7质量%以上,通常为30质量%以下、优选为20质量%以下。如果(E)光聚合引发剂的含量过少,则有时会导致灵敏度下降,相反,如果(E)光聚合引发剂的含量过多,则未曝光部分在显影液中的溶解性降低,容易引起显影不良。The content of the photopolymerization initiator (E) is usually at least 0.1% by mass, preferably at least 0.5% by mass, more preferably at least 0.7% by mass, and usually 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention or less, preferably 20% by mass or less. If the content of the (E) photopolymerization initiator is too small, the sensitivity may be lowered. Conversely, if the content of the (E) photopolymerization initiator is too large, the solubility of the unexposed part in the developing solution will decrease, which will easily cause Poor development.

在使用(E)光聚合引发剂的同时使用加速剂的情况下,加速剂的含量相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分通常为0质量%以上、优选为0.02质量%以上,通常为10质量%以下、优选为5质量%以下,优选以相对于(E)光聚合引发剂为0.1~50质量%、特别是0.1~10质量%的比例使用加速剂。如果由(E)光聚合引发剂和加速剂等构成的光聚合引发剂类成分的配合比例明显较低,则有时会成为导致相对于曝光光线的灵敏度下降的原因,相反,如果由(E)光聚合引发剂和加速剂等构成的光聚合引发剂类成分的配合比例明显较高,则未曝光部分在显影液中的溶解性降低,有时会引起显影不良。When an accelerator is used together with the (E) photopolymerization initiator, the content of the accelerator is usually 0% by mass or more, preferably 0.02% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention, usually It is 10 mass % or less, Preferably it is 5 mass % or less, It is preferable to use an accelerator in the ratio of 0.1-50 mass % with respect to (E) photoinitiator, especially 0.1-10 mass %. If the compounding ratio of the photopolymerization initiator components composed of (E) photopolymerization initiator and accelerator etc. is significantly low, it may cause a decrease in sensitivity to exposure light. When the compounding ratio of the photopolymerization initiator component composed of a photopolymerization initiator, an accelerator, etc. is significantly high, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developing solution is lowered, and poor development may be caused.

另外,本发明的着色树脂组合物中增敏色素所占的配合比例相对于着色树脂组合物中的全部固体成分,通常为0~20质量%、优选为0~15质量%、进一步优选为0~10质量%。In addition, the blending ratio of the sensitizing dye in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually 0 to 20% by mass, preferably 0 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. ~10% by mass.

使用光聚合性化合物的情况下,其含量相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分通常为90质量%以下、优选为80质量%以下。如果光聚合性化合物的含量过多,则会导致显影液对曝光部的浸透性增高,有时难以获得良好的图像。需要说明的是,光聚合性化合物的含量的下限通常为1质量%以上、优选为5质量%以上。When using a photopolymerizable compound, the content is usually 90 mass % or less with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition of this invention, Preferably it is 80 mass % or less. When there is too much content of a photopolymerizable compound, the penetrability of a developing solution to an exposure part will become high, and it may become difficult to obtain a favorable image. In addition, the lower limit of content of a photopolymerizable compound is 1 mass % or more normally, Preferably it is 5 mass % or more.

另外,使用硅烷偶联剂和/或磷酸类添加剂的情况下,它们的含量相对于着色组合物中的全部固体成分,通常为0.1~5质量%、优选为0.2~3质量%、进一步优选为0.4~2质量%。如果硅烷偶联剂和/或磷酸类添加剂的含量低于上述范围,则无法充分获得密合性的提高效果,如果硅烷偶联剂和/或磷酸类添加剂的含量多,则有时会导致灵敏度降低、或在显影后残余残渣而成为缺陷。In addition, when using a silane coupling agent and/or a phosphoric acid additive, their content is usually 0.1 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 2% by mass. If the content of the silane coupling agent and/or phosphoric acid additive is less than the above range, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be obtained sufficiently, and if the content of the silane coupling agent and/or phosphoric acid additive is large, the sensitivity may decrease , or residues remain after development and become defects.

使用表面活性剂的情况下,其含量相对于着色树脂组合物中的全部固体成分通常为0.001~10质量%、优选为0.005~1质量%、进一步优选为0.01~0.5质量%、最优选为0.03~0.3质量%。表面活性剂的含量少于上述范围时,存在无法显示出涂膜的平滑性、均匀性的可能性,如果表面活性剂的含量多,则除了无法显示出涂膜的平滑性、均匀性以外,有时会导致其它特性劣化。When a surfactant is used, its content is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, and most preferably 0.03% by mass relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition. ~0.3% by mass. When the content of the surfactant is less than the above range, there is a possibility that the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film cannot be exhibited. If the content of the surfactant is large, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film cannot be exhibited. It may cause deterioration of other characteristics.

使用硫醇类添加剂的情况下,其含量相对于本发明的着色树脂组合物的全部固体成分通常为0.1质量%以上、优选为0.3质量%以上、进一步优选为0.5质量%以上,通常为10质量%以下、优选为5质量%以下。如果硫醇类添加剂的含量过少,则有时会引起灵敏度下降,相反,如果其含量过多,则有时会导致保存稳定性变差。When using a mercaptan additive, its content is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.3% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and usually 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. % or less, preferably 5% by mass or less. When the content of the mercaptan additive is too small, the sensitivity may be lowered, and on the contrary, if the content is too large, the storage stability may be deteriorated.

需要说明的是,本发明的着色树脂组合物可使用前面所述的(D)有机溶剂、以使其固体成分浓度达到通常5~50质量%、优选10~30质量%的方式制液。In addition, the colored resin composition of this invention can be liquid-prepared so that solid content concentration may be 5-50 mass % normally, and preferably 10-30 mass % using the above-mentioned (D) organic solvent.

<着色树脂组合物的制造方法><Manufacturing method of colored resin composition>

用于形成第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料的着色树脂组合物(以下也称为“抗蚀剂”)可按照常规方法制造。The colored resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as "resist") for forming the light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment can be produced by a conventional method.

通常,对于(A)色材,优选预先使用涂料振荡器、砂磨机、球磨机、辊磨机、石磨机、气流磨、均化器等进行分散处理。通过分散处理,(A)色材会发生微粒化,因此抗蚀剂的涂布特性提高。另外,使用黑色色材作为(A)色材的情况下,有利于提高遮光能力。Usually, for the (A) color material, it is preferable to perform dispersion treatment in advance using a paint shaker, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, or the like. Since the (A) color material is atomized by the dispersion treatment, the coating properties of the resist are improved. Moreover, when using a black color material as (A) color material, it contributes to improvement of light-shielding ability.

分散处理通常优选以组合使用了(A)色材、(D)有机溶剂、及根据需要的分散剂、以及(B)有机结合材料和/或其它粘合剂树脂的部分或全部的体系中进行(以下,也将用于分散处理的混合物、以及经该处理而得到的组合物称为“油墨”)。特别是,在使用高分子分散剂作为分散剂时,可抑制所得油墨及抗蚀剂的经时增粘(即,分散稳定性优异),因此优选。Dispersion treatment is usually preferably carried out in a system that uses (A) a color material, (D) an organic solvent, and if necessary a dispersant, and (B) an organic binder and/or other binder resin in combination. (Hereafter, the mixture used for the dispersion treatment and the composition obtained by the treatment are also referred to as "ink"). In particular, when a polymer dispersant is used as a dispersant, it is preferable because it can suppress the thickening of the obtained ink and resist over time (that is, it is excellent in dispersion stability).

需要说明的是,在对含有要配合至着色树脂组合物中的全部成分的液体进行分散处理的情况下,由于分散处理时产生的放热,可能会导致高反应性的成分发生改性。因此,优选以包含前面所叙述的成分的体系进行分散处理。In addition, when performing dispersion treatment on a liquid containing all components to be blended into the colored resin composition, highly reactive components may be modified due to heat generation during the dispersion treatment. Therefore, it is preferable to carry out the dispersion treatment with a system containing the aforementioned components.

在利用砂磨机使(A)色材分散的情况下,优选使用0.1~8mm左右直径的玻璃珠或氧化锆珠。就分散处理条件而言,温度通常为0℃~100℃、优选为室温~80℃的范围。根据液体的组成及分散处理装置的尺寸等的不同,分散时间的适宜时间并不相同,因此要进行适当调节。分散的大致标准为:控制油墨的光泽、使得抗蚀剂的20度镜面光泽度(JISZ8741-1997)达到100~200的范围。抗蚀剂的光泽度较低的情况下,分散处理不充分,多数情况下会残留粗糙的颜料(色材)粒子,存在导致显影性、密合性、分辨性等变得不充分的可能性。另外,如果进行分散处理至光泽值超过上述范围,则会导致颜料破碎而产生大量超微粒子,因此反而存在分散稳定性受损的倾向。When dispersing the (A) color material with a sand mill, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads with a diameter of approximately 0.1 to 8 mm. Dispersion treatment conditions are usually in the range of 0°C to 100°C, preferably room temperature to 80°C. Depending on the composition of the liquid and the size of the dispersion treatment device, etc., the appropriate time for the dispersion time is different, so it should be adjusted appropriately. The approximate standard for dispersion is to control the gloss of the ink so that the 20-degree specular gloss (JIS Z8741-1997) of the resist falls within the range of 100 to 200. When the gloss of the resist is low, the dispersion treatment is insufficient, and rough pigment (color material) particles may remain in many cases, which may result in insufficient developability, adhesion, resolution, etc. . In addition, if the dispersion treatment is carried out until the gloss value exceeds the above-mentioned range, the pigment will be crushed to generate a large number of ultrafine particles, and thus the dispersion stability tends to be impaired instead.

接着,将通过上述分散处理得到的油墨与抗蚀剂中所包含的上述其它成分混合,制成均匀的溶液。在抗蚀剂的制造工序中,由于很多情况下会有微细的尘埃混入到液体中,因此对于所得抗蚀剂,优选利用过滤器等进行过滤处理。Next, the ink obtained by the above-mentioned dispersion treatment is mixed with the above-mentioned other components contained in the resist to prepare a uniform solution. In the resist manufacturing process, since fine dust is often mixed into the liquid, it is preferable to filter the obtained resist with a filter or the like.

[遮光材料的形成方法][Formation method of light-shielding material]

以下,针对使用上述本发明的着色树脂组合物在透明基板上形成本发明的遮光材料的方法进行说明。Hereinafter, a method of forming the light-shielding material of the present invention on a transparent substrate using the colored resin composition of the present invention described above will be described.

需要说明的是,作为透明基板,可使用例如在后述的滤色器的说明中示例的透明基板。In addition, as a transparent substrate, the transparent substrate exemplified in the description of the color filter mentioned later can be used, for example.

作为本发明的遮光材料的形成方法,可列举:利用正型抗蚀剂等蚀刻着色树脂组合物的涂膜的方法、和使用感光性着色组合物的方法等。Examples of the method for forming the light-shielding material of the present invention include a method of etching a coating film of a colored resin composition with a positive resist or the like, a method of using a photosensitive colored composition, and the like.

作为进行蚀刻的方法,可通过在透明基板上形成着色树脂组合物的涂膜,然后利用正型光致抗蚀剂的涂膜形成期望的图案,接着使用蚀刻液进行蚀刻,最后利用剥离剂剥离正型光致抗蚀剂而形成遮光材料。As a method of etching, it is possible to form a coating film of a colored resin composition on a transparent substrate, then form a desired pattern with a coating film of a positive photoresist, then perform etching using an etching solution, and finally peel off with a stripping agent. positive photoresist to form a light-shielding material.

使用感光性着色组合物的情况下,将感光性着色树脂组合物涂布在透明基板上并进行干燥,然后在所形成的涂膜上叠合光掩模,隔着该光掩模,通过进行图像曝光、显影、并根据需要进行热固化或光固化而形成像素图像,从而形成遮光材料。In the case of using a photosensitive coloring composition, the photosensitive coloring resin composition is coated on a transparent substrate and dried, and then a photomask is laminated on the formed coating film, and through the photomask, the The image is exposed, developed, and if necessary, thermally or photocured to form a pixel image, thereby forming a light-shielding material.

本发明的遮光材料是在透明基板上叠层形成有2层以上的遮光层的材料,因此,在上述遮光材料的制造方法中,针对各遮光层的每层,基于着色树脂组合物或感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布、干燥来进行涂膜的形成,在形成多层的叠层涂膜之后,在进行正型蚀刻的情况下,进行形成正型光致抗蚀剂涂膜的后蚀刻,在使用感光性着色树脂组合物的情况下,进行图像曝光。The light-shielding material of the present invention is a material in which two or more light-shielding layers are laminated and formed on a transparent substrate. Therefore, in the method for producing the light-shielding material described above, for each layer of each light-shielding layer, based on the coloring resin composition or photosensitivity Formation of a coating film by applying and drying the colored resin composition, and after forming a multilayer laminated coating film, in the case of positive etching, post-etching to form a positive photoresist coating film , in the case of using a photosensitive colored resin composition, image exposure is performed.

以下,结合图2(a)~图2(c)对使用感光性着色树脂组合物形成叠层有2层遮光层的遮光材料的情况进行说明,但本发明的遮光材料的形成方法完全不受该方法的限定。另外,在形成具有3层以上遮光层的遮光材料的情况下,除了同样地进行多次第2遮光层用涂膜的形成以外,可以与以下说明的方法同样地进行。Hereinafter, the case of forming a light-shielding material laminated with two light-shielding layers using a photosensitive colored resin composition will be described with reference to FIGS. 2(a) to 2(c). The limitations of the method. Moreover, when forming the light-shielding material which has 3 or more layers of light-shielding layers, it can perform similarly to the method demonstrated below except having performed the formation of the coating film for 2nd light-shielding layers several times in the same way.

如图2(a)所示,通过在透明基板11上涂布第1遮光层形成用的感光性着色树脂组合物并进行干燥而形成第1遮光层用涂膜12A,接着,通过涂布第2遮光层形成用的感光性着色树脂组合物并进行干燥而形成第2遮光层用涂膜13A。然后,如图2(b)所示,通过在该叠层涂膜上叠合光掩模15并隔着光掩模15进行曝光,并进行显影、根据需要进行热固化或光固化,由此形成像素图像,从而形成如图2(c)所示的由第1遮光层12和第2遮光层13形成的叠层结构的遮光材料。As shown in FIG. 2( a), a first light-shielding layer coating film 12A is formed by coating a photosensitive colored resin composition for forming a first light-shielding layer on a transparent substrate 11 and drying it. 2. The photosensitive colored resin composition for light-shielding layer formation is dried, and 13 A of 2nd coating films for light-shielding layers are formed. Then, as shown in FIG. 2( b ), by laminating a photomask 15 on the laminated coating film, exposing through the photomask 15, developing, and performing thermal curing or photocuring as necessary, thereby By forming a pixel image, a light-shielding material having a laminated structure formed of the first light-shielding layer 12 and the second light-shielding layer 13 as shown in FIG. 2( c ) is formed.

(1)感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布(1) Coating of photosensitive colored resin composition

感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布可通过旋涂法、线棒(wire bar)法、流涂法、模涂法、辊涂法或喷涂法等来进行。其中,采用模涂法可大幅削减涂布液使用量,并且完全没有采用旋涂法时附着的雾翳等的影响,可抑制异物产生等,从综合的观点来看是优选的。Coating of the photosensitive colored resin composition can be performed by a spin coating method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like. Among them, the use of die coating can significantly reduce the amount of coating liquid used, and there is no influence of fogging and the like attached during spin coating, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, so it is preferable from a comprehensive point of view.

如果涂膜的厚度过厚,则图案显影变得困难,并且例如在液晶显示装置的滤色器用途中有时会导致在液晶单元化工序中的间隙调整变得困难,如果涂膜的厚度过薄,则难以提高颜料浓度,有时无法实现期望的遮光性。可以使涂膜的厚度为可形成前面所述的遮光材料、第1遮光层及第2遮光层的适宜膜厚的层的厚度。If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, pattern development becomes difficult, and for example, in the use of color filters for liquid crystal display devices, gap adjustment in the process of forming liquid crystal cells may become difficult. If the thickness of the coating film is too thin, In this case, it is difficult to increase the pigment concentration, and desired light-shielding properties may not be achieved. The thickness of the coating film can be set to a thickness capable of forming a layer having an appropriate film thickness of the aforementioned light-shielding material, first light-shielding layer, and second light-shielding layer.

(2)涂膜的干燥(2) Drying of the coating film

在透明基板上涂布感光性着色树脂组合物后的涂膜的干燥优选通过使用了热板、IR烘箱、对流烘箱的干燥法来进行。干燥条件可以根据上述溶剂成分的种类、使用的干燥器的性能等而适当选择。干燥时间可根据溶剂成分的种类、使用的干燥器的性能等而通常在40~200℃的温度且15秒钟~10分钟的范围内选择,优选在50~150℃的温度且30秒钟~5分钟的范围内选择。It is preferable to perform drying of the coating film after apply|coating a photosensitive colored resin composition on a transparent substrate by the drying method using a hot plate, IR oven, and a convection oven. Drying conditions can be appropriately selected according to the type of the above-mentioned solvent component, the performance of the drier to be used, and the like. The drying time can be selected in the range of 15 seconds to 10 minutes at a temperature of 40 to 200° C., preferably in the range of 30 seconds to 10 minutes at a temperature of 50 to 150° C. Choose from a range of 5 minutes.

其中,对于第1遮光层用涂膜的干燥条件,特别优选在100~150℃的温度且60秒钟~5分钟的范围内选择。Among them, the drying conditions of the coating film for the first light-shielding layer are particularly preferably selected within the range of 60 seconds to 5 minutes at a temperature of 100 to 150°C.

该干燥如果过弱,则可能导致在涂布用于形成第2遮光层的感光性着色树脂组合物时发生第1遮光层用涂膜的溶解,如果过强,则可能引发显影不良等。If the drying is too weak, the coating film for the first light-shielding layer may dissolve when the photosensitive colored resin composition for forming the second light-shielding layer is applied, and if it is too strong, poor development may occur.

需要说明的是,该涂膜的干燥工序也可以进行不提高温度、在减压室内进行干燥的减压干燥法。In addition, the drying process of this coating film can also perform the reduced pressure drying method which does not raise a temperature, but performs drying in a reduced pressure chamber.

上述感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布和干燥针对形成的每层遮光层进行,在形成必要叠层数的涂膜之后,进行随后的曝光。Coating and drying of the above-mentioned photosensitive colored resin composition are carried out for each light-shielding layer to be formed, and subsequent exposure is carried out after forming a coating film of the required number of laminated layers.

(3)曝光(3) Exposure

图像曝光是在感光性着色树脂组合物的叠层涂膜上叠合负型的掩模图案,并隔着该掩模图案照射紫外线或可见光线的光源来进行。此时,也可以根据需要,在为了防止氧引起的光聚合性层的灵敏度的降低而在光聚合性的涂膜上形成聚乙烯醇层等氧阻隔层之后进行曝光。上述的图像曝光中使用的光源没有特别限定。作为光源,可列举例如:氙灯、卤素灯、钨灯、高压水银灯、超高压水银灯、金属卤化物灯、中压水银灯、低压水银灯、碳弧、荧光灯等灯光源;氩离子激光、YAG激光、准分子激光、氮激光、氦镉激光、半导体激光等激光光源等。照射并使用特定波长的光的情况下,也可以利用光学滤波器。Image exposure is performed by superimposing a negative mask pattern on the laminated coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and irradiating a light source of ultraviolet light or visible light through the mask pattern. At this time, if necessary, exposure may be performed after forming an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable coating film in order to prevent a decrease in the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen. The light source used for the above-mentioned image exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of light sources include lamps such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, and fluorescent lamps; Molecular laser, nitrogen laser, helium cadmium laser, semiconductor laser and other laser light sources, etc. When irradiating and using light of a specific wavelength, an optical filter can also be used.

(4)显影(4) Development

可以在利用上述光源对由感光性着色树脂组合物形成的涂膜进行图像曝光之后,通过使用有机溶剂、或包含表面活性剂和碱性化合物的水溶液的显影而在基板上形成图像。该水溶液可以进一步包含有机溶剂、缓冲剂、络合剂、染料或颜料。An image can be formed on the substrate by development using an organic solvent or an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and a basic compound after image-wise exposure of the coating film formed of the photosensitive colored resin composition with the light source described above. The aqueous solution may further contain organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.

作为碱性化合物,可列举:氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、氢氧化锂、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、碳酸氢钠、碳酸氢钾、硅酸钠、硅酸钾、偏硅酸钠、磷酸钠、磷酸钾、磷酸氢钠、磷酸氢钾、磷酸二氢钠、磷酸二氢钾、氢氧化铵等无机碱性化合物,或单乙醇胺、二乙醇胺或三乙醇胺、单甲基胺、二甲基胺或三甲基胺、单乙基胺、二乙基胺或三乙基胺、单异丙基胺或二异丙基胺、正丁基胺、单异丙醇胺、二异丙醇胺或三异丙醇胺、乙烯亚胺、乙烯二亚胺、四甲基氢氧化铵(TMAH)、胆碱等有机碱性化合物。这些碱性化合物也可以为2种以上的混合物。Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, Potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide and other inorganic basic compounds, or monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, monomethylamine, dimethylamine or Trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine or triethylamine, monoisopropylamine or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine or tri Organic basic compounds such as isopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc. These basic compounds may be a mixture of two or more.

作为表面活性剂,可列举例如:聚氧乙烯烷基醚类、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚类、聚氧乙烯烷基酯类、山梨糖醇酐烷基酯类、单甘油酯烷基酯类等非离子型表面活性剂;烷基苯磺酸盐类、烷基萘磺酸盐类、烷基硫酸盐类、烷基磺酸盐类、磺基琥珀酸酯盐类等阴离子型表面活性剂;烷基甜菜碱类、氨基酸类等两性表面活性剂。Examples of surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters. Anionic surfactants such as alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, sulfosuccinates, etc. Agents; amphoteric surfactants such as alkyl betaines and amino acids.

作为有机溶剂,可列举例如:异丙醇、苄醇、乙基溶纤剂、丁基溶纤剂、苯基溶纤剂、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。有机溶剂可以单独使用,也可以与水溶液组合使用。As an organic solvent, isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, etc. are mentioned, for example. An organic solvent may be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.

显影处理的条件没有特别限制,通常可以在显影温度为10℃~50℃的范围、优选在15℃~45℃、特别优选在20~40℃下采用浸渍显影法、喷雾显影法、毛刷显影法、超声波显影法等显影方法中的任意方法来进行。The conditions of the development treatment are not particularly limited, and usually the development temperature can be in the range of 10°C to 50°C, preferably at 15°C to 45°C, particularly preferably at 20°C to 40°C, by dipping, spraying, or brush development. It is carried out by any method among the developing methods such as the ultrasonic developing method and the ultrasonic developing method.

(5)热固化处理(5) Thermal curing treatment

在显影之后,也可以实施热固化处理。此时的热固化处理条件可以在温度100~280℃的范围、优选150~250℃的范围内选择,时间可以在5~60分钟的范围内选择。After development, thermal curing treatment may also be performed. The thermal curing treatment conditions at this time can be selected within the range of temperature 100-280° C., preferably 150-250° C., and the time can be selected within the range of 5-60 minutes.

需要说明的是,本发明的遮光材料主要被用作滤色器的黑色矩阵用途,但完全不受限于黑色矩阵。It should be noted that the light-shielding material of the present invention is mainly used as a black matrix of a color filter, but is not limited to a black matrix at all.

[遮光材料中的成分配合量][Ingredient compounding amount in the light-shielding material]

在第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板的遮光材料中,由于着色树脂组合物中的色材会残留在遮光材料中,因此,(A)色材的含量相对于遮光材料的总质量通常在1~70质量%、优选在10~60质量%的范围。In the light-shielding material of the substrate with light-shielding material according to the first embodiment, since the coloring material in the colored resin composition remains in the light-shielding material, the content of the (A) coloring material relative to the total mass of the light-shielding material is generally It is in the range of 1 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass.

另外,其中,在透明基板侧的区域,(A)色材的含量相对于遮光材料的总质量更优选为1~30质量%、特别优选为1~20质量%。In addition, among these, in the region on the transparent substrate side, the content of the (A) coloring material is more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 1 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the light-shielding material.

另外,在与透明基板相反一侧的区域,(A)色材的含量相对于遮光材料的总质量更优选为20~70质量%、特别优选为30~60质量%。In addition, in the region opposite to the transparent substrate, the content of the (A) coloring material is more preferably 20 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 30 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the light-shielding material.

由于会因前面所记载的曝光、显影处理、热固化处理而发生聚合、分解等,因此,除了(A)色材以外,在遮光材料中未必会以与作为着色树脂组合物而添加的组成相同的状态形成,其组成大致如下所述。Since polymerization, decomposition, etc. will occur due to the exposure, development treatment, and thermal curing treatment described above, the light-shielding material does not necessarily have the same composition as that added as the colored resin composition other than the (A) color material. The state is formed, and its composition is roughly as follows.

使用分散剂的情况下,相对于遮光材料的总质量,通常为50质量%以下、优选为30质量%以下,且通常为1质量%以上、优选为3质量%以上。When using a dispersant, it is usually 50 mass % or less, Preferably it is 30 mass % or less, Usually 1 mass % or more, Preferably it is 3 mass % or more with respect to the total mass of a light-shielding material.

(B)有机结合材料相对于遮光材料的总质量,通常为5质量%以上、优选为10质量%以上,且通常为85质量%以下、优选为80质量%以下。(B) The organic binder is usually at least 5% by mass, preferably at least 10% by mass, and usually at most 85% by mass, preferably at most 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the light-shielding material.

(E)光聚合引发剂相对于遮光材料的总质量,通常为0.01质量以上,且通常30质量%以下。(E) The photoinitiator is 0.01 mass or more normally with respect to the total mass of a light-shielding material, and 30 mass % or less normally.

使用光聚合性化合物的情况下,相对于遮光材料的总质量,通常为90质量%以下,且通常0.01质量%以上。When using a photopolymerizable compound, it is 90 mass % or less normally with respect to the gross mass of a light-shielding material, and normally 0.01 mass % or more.

需要说明的是,本发明的遮光材料中所含的(D)有机溶剂由于大部分会在前面所记载的曝光、显影处理、热固化处理时因蒸发等而损失,因此存在相对于遮光材料的总质量通常仅残留0~1质量%的倾向。It should be noted that most of the (D) organic solvent contained in the light-shielding material of the present invention will be lost due to evaporation and the like during the exposure, development treatment, and thermal curing treatment described above. Generally, only 0 to 1% by mass tends to remain in the total mass.

<第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板><Substrate with light-shielding material according to the second embodiment>

本发明的第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板在透明基板上具有遮光材料,其特征在于,上述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足以下的(3)~(5)。A substrate with a light-shielding material according to a second embodiment of the present invention has a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, wherein the light-shielding material includes (A) a color material and (B) an organic binder, and satisfies the following (3) ~(5).

(3)上述遮光材料的透明基板侧含有黑色颜料作为(A)色材。(3) The transparent substrate side of the said light-shielding material contains a black pigment as (A) color material.

(4)上述遮光材料的与透明基板相反一侧含有颜料作为(A)色材。(4) The side opposite to the transparent substrate of the light-shielding material contains a pigment as the (A) color material.

(5)上述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,相比于上述透明基板侧,与上述透明基板相反一侧的每1μm的OD值高。(5) The OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the OD value per 1 μm is higher on the side opposite to the transparent substrate than on the transparent substrate side.

这样一来,通过使遮光材料的透明基板侧含有黑色颜料作为(A)色材,存在能够不依赖于波长而有效地吸收从透明基板侧入射的光,从而能够降低反射率的波长依赖性的倾向。另外,通过使遮光材料的与透明基板相反一侧含有颜料作为(A)色材,存在能够抑制会在与透明基板相反一侧产生的光的反射的倾向。进一步,通过使遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,并使与透明基板相反一侧高于透明基板侧,存在能够简便地兼顾高遮光性和低反射性的倾向。In this way, by making the transparent substrate side of the light-shielding material contain a black pigment as the (A) color material, it is possible to efficiently absorb light incident from the transparent substrate side regardless of the wavelength, thereby reducing the wavelength dependence of reflectance. tendency. Moreover, there exists a tendency for the reflection of the light which may generate|occur|produce on the side opposite to a transparent substrate to be suppressed by making the side opposite to a transparent substrate contain a pigment as (A) color material. Furthermore, by making the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material different in the thickness direction and making the side opposite to the transparent substrate higher than the transparent substrate side, there is a tendency that both high light-shielding and low reflectivity can be easily achieved.

作为本发明的第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板的一例,可列举遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上逐渐变化,并且相比于上述透明基板侧,与上述透明基板相反一侧的每1μm的OD值更高的带遮光材料的基板。为了得到这样的带遮光材料的基板,可列举以使(A)色材的浓度逐渐增高的方式多次涂布(A)色材的浓度不同的着色树脂组合物的方法。这种情况下,通过利用同一种类或相似种类的材料构成各种着色树脂组合物中的(B)有机结合材料,存在能够抑制由多次涂布引起的界面的形成的倾向。As an example of the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material gradually changes in the thickness direction, and the side opposite to the transparent substrate is mentioned. A substrate with a light-shielding material that has a higher OD value per 1 μm on the side. In order to obtain such a board|substrate with a light-shielding material, the method of applying the coloring resin composition with which the density|concentration of (A) coloring material differs multiple times so that the density|concentration of (A) coloring material may increase gradually is mentioned. In this case, by constituting the (B) organic binders in various colored resin compositions using the same or similar materials, there is a tendency that the formation of the interface due to multiple coatings can be suppressed.

另外,可列举使遮光材料由2层以上的层构成、并使与透明基板相反一侧的层的每1μm的OD值高于透明基板侧的层的带遮光材料的基板。例如,为了得到这样的带遮光材料的基板,可列举以使(A)色材的浓度逐渐增高的方式多次涂布(A)色材的浓度不同的着色树脂组合物的方法。该情况下,通过利用不同种类的材料构成各种着色树脂组合物中的(B)有机结合材料,存在在多次涂布时能够形成界面的倾向。关于叠层结构,没有特殊限定,例如可以使2层以上的遮光层相对于与透明基板的接触面平行地叠层。另外,对于叠层数没有特殊限制,但由于叠层数多时会导致遮光材料形成时的着色树脂组合物的涂布工序数增多、制造效率变差,因此优选为2~4层、更优选为2~3层、进一步优选为2层。In addition, a substrate with a light-shielding material in which the light-shielding material is composed of two or more layers, and the OD value per 1 μm of the layer on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is higher than that of the layer on the transparent substrate side can be mentioned. For example, in order to obtain such a board|substrate with a light-shielding material, the method of applying the colored resin composition of (A) coloring material density|concentration several times so that the density|concentration of (A) coloring material may increase gradually is mentioned. In this case, by constituting (B) the organic binder in various colored resin compositions with different types of materials, there is a tendency that an interface can be formed at the time of multiple application. The laminated structure is not particularly limited, and for example, two or more light-shielding layers may be laminated parallel to the contact surface with the transparent substrate. In addition, there is no particular limitation on the number of lamination layers, but when the number of lamination layers is large, the number of coating steps of the colored resin composition at the time of forming the light-shielding material increases and the production efficiency deteriorates, so it is preferably 2 to 4 layers, more preferably 2 to 4 layers. 2 to 3 layers, more preferably 2 layers.

关于遮光材料的透明基板侧的单位OD值、与透明基板相反一侧的单位OD值、遮光材料整体上的单位OD值、膜厚,可优选采用在第1实施方式中记载的值。The unit OD value of the transparent substrate side of the light-shielding material, the unit OD value of the side opposite to the transparent substrate, the unit OD value of the light-shielding material as a whole, and the film thickness are preferably the values described in the first embodiment.

此外,优选使波长550nm下的相对反射率、波长450~650nm下的相对反射率的上限值与下限值之差为在第1实施方式中记载的值。In addition, it is preferable to set the difference between the relative reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm and the upper limit and lower limit of the relative reflectance at a wavelength of 450 to 650 nm to be the value described in the first embodiment.

需要说明的是,与第1实施方式同样,也可以含有(C)微粒。关于具体的构成,可优选采用在第1实施方式中记载的构成。In addition, like 1st Embodiment, (C) microparticles|fine-particles may also be contained. As for the specific configuration, the configuration described in the first embodiment can be preferably adopted.

作为在第2实施方式涉及的遮光材料的透明基板侧含有的黑色颜料,可使用例如在前面所述的<(A)色材>中示例的黑色颜料,从色调的观点考虑,优选苯胺黑、苝黑、花青黑等有机黑色颜料、炭黑。另外,也可以使用在黑色颜料中混合红色颜料、黄色颜料、橙色颜料等,从而减小了由波长不同引起的反射率之差的颜料的组合。其中,从色调和遮光性的观点考虑,更优选炭黑。As the black pigment contained on the transparent substrate side of the light-shielding material according to the second embodiment, for example, the black pigments exemplified in the aforementioned <(A) color material> can be used. From the viewpoint of color tone, aniline black, Perylene black, cyanine black and other organic black pigments, carbon black. In addition, a combination of pigments in which a difference in reflectance due to a difference in wavelength is reduced by mixing a red pigment, a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, etc. with a black pigment may also be used. Among them, carbon black is more preferable from the viewpoint of color tone and light-shielding properties.

另外,作为在遮光材料的与透明基板相反一侧含有的颜料,可使用例如在前面所述的<(A)色材>中示例的颜料,从遮光性的观点考虑,优选苯胺黑、苝黑、花青黑等有机黑色颜料、炭黑、钛黑。另外,也可以组合使用蓝色颜料、红色颜料、黄色颜料、橙色颜料等。其中,从遮光性的观点考虑,更优选炭黑、钛黑。In addition, as the pigment contained on the side opposite to the transparent substrate of the light-shielding material, for example, the pigments exemplified in the aforementioned <(A) color material> can be used, and aniline black and perylene black are preferable from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties. , Cyan black and other organic black pigments, carbon black, titanium black. In addition, blue pigments, red pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, etc. may be used in combination. Among these, carbon black and titanium black are more preferable from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties.

除此以外,也可以采用作为第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板而示例的构成。In addition to this, the configuration exemplified as the substrate with a light-shielding material according to the first embodiment may also be adopted.

另外,作为(B)有机结合材料,可列举例如使前述的(B’)有机结合材料固化而成的材料。在使用包含前述的(E)光聚合引发剂、其它成分的(B’)有机结合材料的情况下,遮光材料中也可以包含(E)光聚合引发剂、其它成分。作为透明基板,通常可使用在后述的本发明的滤色器的说明中记载的那些。In addition, examples of the (B) organic binder include those obtained by curing the aforementioned (B') organic binder. When the (B') organic binder containing the aforementioned (E) photopolymerization initiator and other components is used, the light-shielding material may also contain the (E) photopolymerization initiator and other components. As a transparent substrate, those described in description of the color filter of this invention mentioned later can be used normally.

第2实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板中的遮光材料可使用在第1实施方式中记载的着色树脂组合物而形成。The light-shielding material in the substrate with light-shielding material according to the second embodiment can be formed using the colored resin composition described in the first embodiment.

<第3实施方式涉及的着色树脂组合物><Colored resin composition according to the third embodiment>

本发明的第3实施方式涉及的着色树脂组合物为感光性着色树脂组合物,其特征在于,包含(A)色材、(B’)有机结合材料、(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒、及(D)有机溶剂,且(C)微粒的含量为15质量%以上。The colored resin composition according to the third embodiment of the present invention is a photosensitive colored resin composition characterized by comprising (A) a color material, (B') an organic binder, and (C) a refractive index of not less than 1.2 and not more than 1.8 and (D) organic solvent, and the content of (C) fine particles is 15% by mass or more.

这样一来,通过包含特定量以上的折射率在特定范围内的(C)微粒,在将该着色树脂组合物涂布在基板上、并进一步在其上涂布了其它着色树脂组合物的情况下也能够抑制该着色树脂组合物的溶解,存在能够以高生产性形成可实现优异的低反射性的带遮光材料的基板的倾向。In this way, by including a specific amount or more of (C) microparticles having a refractive index within a specific range, when the colored resin composition is coated on a substrate, and another colored resin composition is further coated thereon, Dissolution of the colored resin composition can also be suppressed, and there is a tendency that a substrate with a light-shielding material capable of achieving excellent low reflectivity can be formed with high productivity.

作为(C)微粒,可优选采用在第1实施方式中示例的那些。As (C) fine particles, those exemplified in the first embodiment can be preferably used.

(C)微粒的含量为15质量%以上,优选为20质量%以上,另外,优选为40质量%以下、更优选30质量%以下。通过在上述下限值以上,存在能够抑制涂布完成后的着色树脂组合物的溶解的倾向,另外,通过在上述上限值以下,存在能够赋予适当的显影性的倾向。(C) The content of fine particles is 15% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or more, and preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less. It exists in the tendency for the dissolution of the colored resin composition after coating completion to be suppressed by being more than the said lower limit, and it exists in the tendency for suitable developability to be imparted by being below the said upper limit.

作为(A)色材,可优选采用在前面所述的<(A)色材>中记载的那些,作为(B’)有机结合材料,可优选采用在前述的<(B’)有机结合材料>中记载的那些,另外,作为(D)有机溶剂,可优选采用在前述的<(D)有机溶剂>中记载的那些。进一步,也可以根据需要而包含前述的(E)光聚合引发剂、光聚合性化合物、硅烷偶联剂等密合改善剂、涂布性改善剂、显影改良剂、紫外线吸收剂、抗氧剂、表面活性剂、颜料衍生物等其它配合成分,各配合成分通常以溶解或分散于(D)有机溶剂中的状态使用。As the (A) color material, those described in the aforementioned <(A) color material> can be preferably used, and as the (B') organic binding material, it can be preferably used in the aforementioned <(B') organic binding material. > Those described in, and as the (D) organic solvent, those described in the aforementioned <(D) Organic Solvent> can be preferably employed. Furthermore, the aforementioned (E) photopolymerization initiators, photopolymerizable compounds, adhesion improving agents such as silane coupling agents, applicability improving agents, development improving agents, ultraviolet absorbers, and antioxidants may also be included as needed. , surfactant, pigment derivative and other compounding components, each compounding component is usually used in the state of being dissolved or dispersed in (D) organic solvent.

除此之外,也可以采用与作为用于形成第1实施方式涉及的带遮光材料的基板的遮光材料的着色树脂组合物而示例的构成。In addition to this, the configuration exemplified as the colored resin composition for the light-shielding material used to form the light-shielding material-attached substrate according to the first embodiment may also be employed.

[防反射膜][Anti-reflection film]

将本发明的遮光材料设置为液晶显示装置用滤色器的黑色矩阵等的遮光层的情况下,为了减少显示装置的反射,可以在透明基板的与形成遮光材料的一侧相反侧的面上设置防反射膜。作为防反射膜,将折射率不同的多种膜叠层而成的防反射膜、利用某些方法向材料中导入了空气的防反射膜等是有效的。该防反射膜也可以是与透明基板经过了一体成形的防反射层。When the light-shielding material of the present invention is provided as a light-shielding layer such as a black matrix of a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, in order to reduce the reflection of the display device, it may be placed on the surface of the transparent substrate opposite to the side on which the light-shielding material is formed. Provide anti-reflection film. As an antireflection film, an antireflection film obtained by laminating multiple types of films having different refractive indices, an antireflection film obtained by introducing air into a material by some method, and the like are effective. The anti-reflection film may also be an anti-reflection layer formed integrally with the transparent substrate.

作为其中之一,广泛已知的有例如在透明膜的表面形成微细凹凸结构的方法。根据该方法,由于形成有微细凹凸结构的表面的层整体的折射率取决于空气与形成微细凹凸结构的材料的体积比,因此能够大幅降低折射率,即使叠层数较少也能够使反射率降低。As one of them, for example, a method of forming a fine uneven structure on the surface of a transparent film is widely known. According to this method, since the refractive index of the entire layer on the surface on which the fine uneven structure is formed depends on the volume ratio of air to the material forming the fine uneven structure, the refractive index can be greatly reduced, and the reflectance can be improved even if the number of laminated layers is small. reduce.

另外,也可以使用例如在日本再表2008-096872号公报中记载的那样的在膜整体上连续地形成有棱锥状的凸部的防反射膜。形成有棱锥状的凸部(微细凹凸结构)的防反射膜由于其沿膜面方向剖切时的截面积连续地变化,因而其折射率从空气到基板会逐渐增大,因此,可成为有效的防反射的方式。另外,该防反射膜显示出其它方法所无法取代的优异的光学性能。In addition, an antireflection film in which pyramid-shaped protrusions are continuously formed on the entire film as described in Japanese Re-Exposition No. 2008-096872, for example, can also be used. Since the cross-sectional area of the anti-reflection film formed with pyramid-shaped protrusions (fine concave-convex structure) changes continuously when it is cut along the film surface direction, its refractive index will gradually increase from the air to the substrate, so it can be an effective way of anti-reflection. In addition, the antireflection film exhibits excellent optical properties that cannot be replaced by other methods.

上述凸部的高度优选为100nm以上、更优选为150nm以上。该高度低于100nm时,会导致最低反射率上升、或特定波长的反射率上升,防反射性变得不充分。The height of the protrusions is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 150 nm or more. When the height is less than 100 nm, the minimum reflectance increases or the reflectance of a specific wavelength increases, resulting in insufficient antireflection properties.

另外,纵横比(上述凸部的高度/相邻凸部彼此间的间隔)优选为1.0~5.0、更优选为1.2~4.0、最优选为1.5~3.0。如果纵横比小于1.0,则会导致最低反射率上升、或特定波长的反射率上升,防反射性变得不充分,如果纵横比大于5,则由于在摩擦时容易发生凸部的折曲,因此会导致耐擦伤性降低、或无法显示出防反射性能。In addition, the aspect ratio (height of the above-mentioned convex portion/interval between adjacent convex portions) is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.2 to 4.0, and most preferably 1.5 to 3.0. If the aspect ratio is less than 1.0, the minimum reflectance or the reflectance of a specific wavelength will increase, and the anti-reflection property will become insufficient. If the aspect ratio is greater than 5, the convex portion will easily bend during friction. May result in reduced scratch resistance, or may not exhibit anti-reflection performance.

在透明膜的表面形成微细凹凸结构的方法没有特殊限定,可列举例如:使用形成有微细凹凸结构的压模对透明膜进行注塑成形、压制成形而形成微细凹凸结构的方法;在形成有微细凹凸结构的压模和透明膜之间填充活性能量线固化性组合物,利用活性能量线照射使活性能量线固化性组合物固化,从而转印压模的凹凸形状,然后进行脱模,由此相对于透明膜而叠层形成微细凹凸结构的表面层的方法;在形成有微细凹凸结构的压模和透明基板之间填充活性能量线固化性组合物,将压模的凹凸形状转印于活性能量线固化性组合物之后进行脱模,然后照射活性能量线而使活性能量线固化性组合物固化,由此相对于透明膜而叠层形成微细凹凸结构的表面层的方法。The method for forming the micro-concave-convex structure on the surface of the transparent film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: a method in which a transparent film is injection-molded or press-molded to form a micro-concave-convex structure using a press mold formed with a micro-concave-convex structure; The active energy ray-curable composition is filled between the stamper of the structure and the transparent film, and the active energy ray-curable composition is cured by irradiation of active energy rays to transfer the concave-convex shape of the stamper, and then the mold is released, thereby relatively A method of laminating a surface layer with a fine concave-convex structure on a transparent film; filling an active energy ray-curable composition between a stamper formed with a fine concave-convex structure and a transparent substrate, and transferring the concave-convex shape of the stamper to the active energy A method in which the ray-curable composition is released from the mold and then irradiated with active energy rays to cure the active energy ray-curable composition, thereby laminating a surface layer with a fine uneven structure on a transparent film.

需要说明的是,在后述的实施例项中,简易地将使用形成有微细凹凸结构的压模而另外成形的防反射膜贴合于透明膜来使用。In the examples described later, an antireflection film formed separately using a stamper formed with a fine concavo-convex structure was simply bonded to a transparent film and used.

[滤色器][color filter]

以下,针对本发明的具有遮光材料的滤色器,按照其制造方法进行说明。Hereinafter, the color filter having the light-shielding material of the present invention will be described according to its manufacturing method.

(1)透明基板(1) Transparent substrate

作为滤色器的透明基板,只要透明且具有适度的强度即可,对其材质没有特殊限定。作为材质,可列举例如:聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯等聚酯类树脂、聚丙烯、聚乙烯等聚烯烃类树脂、聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚砜等热塑性树脂制片、环氧树脂、不饱和聚酯树脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸类树脂等热固性树脂片、或各种玻璃等。其中,从耐热性的观点考虑,优选玻璃、耐热性树脂。The material of the transparent substrate of the color filter is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has moderate strength. Examples of materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, thermoplastic resins such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polysulfone. sheet, thermosetting resin sheet such as epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, poly(meth)acrylic resin, or various glasses. Among them, glass and heat-resistant resins are preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.

对于透明基板,为了改善粘接性等表面物性,可以根据需要而进行电晕放电处理、臭氧处理、硅烷偶联剂或聚氨酯类树脂等各种树脂的薄膜形成处理等。The transparent substrate may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, silane coupling agent, or various resin thin film forming treatments such as polyurethane resin to improve surface properties such as adhesiveness as necessary.

透明基板的厚度通常设为0.05~10mm、优选设为0.1~7mm的范围。另外,进行各种树脂的薄膜形成处理的情况下,其膜厚通常为0.01~10μm、优选为0.05~5μm的范围。The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually in the range of 0.05 to 10 mm, preferably in the range of 0.1 to 7 mm. Moreover, when performing the thin film formation process of various resins, the film thickness is normally 0.01-10 micrometers, Preferably it is the range of 0.05-5 micrometers.

(2)黑色矩阵(遮光材料)(2) Black matrix (shading material)

在透明基板上设置黑色矩阵,并通常形成红色、绿色、蓝色的像素图像,由此可以制造滤色器。A color filter can be manufactured by disposing a black matrix on a transparent substrate and generally forming red, green, and blue pixel images.

如前面所述,本发明的遮光材料可主要被用于黑色矩阵用途,但并不限定于此。As mentioned above, the light-shielding material of the present invention can be mainly used for black matrix applications, but is not limited thereto.

在利用本发明的遮光材料形成滤色器的黑色矩阵的情况下,按照前面所述的遮光材料的形成方法来形成黑色矩阵。When forming the black matrix of a color filter using the light-shielding material of this invention, the black matrix is formed according to the formation method of the light-shielding material mentioned above.

将本发明的遮光材料用于例如除滤色器的黑色矩阵以外的显示面板的框缘等、并使用除本发明的遮光材料以外的材料作为黑色矩阵的情况下,黑色矩阵可按照常规方法形成。When using the light-shielding material of the present invention for, for example, the frame of a display panel other than the black matrix of the color filter, and using a material other than the light-shielding material of the present invention as the black matrix, the black matrix can be formed by a conventional method. .

(3)像素的形成(3) Formation of pixels

(3-1)感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布(3-1) Coating of photosensitive colored resin composition

在设置有黑色矩阵的透明基板上涂布含有红色、绿色、蓝色中的一色的感光性着色树脂组合物并进行干燥之后,在涂膜上叠合光掩模,隔着该光掩模进行图像曝光、显影,并根据需要进行热固化或光固化而形成像素图像,从而制作着色层。通过针对红色、绿色、蓝色这三色的感光性着色树脂组合物分别进行该操作,可以形成滤色器图像。After coating and drying a photosensitive colored resin composition containing one color of red, green, and blue on a transparent substrate provided with a black matrix, a photomask is laminated on the coating film, and the process is carried out through the photomask. The image is exposed, developed, and if necessary, heat-cured or photo-cured to form a pixel image, thereby producing a colored layer. Color filter images can be formed by performing this operation on each of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of three colors of red, green, and blue.

滤色器用着色树脂组合物的涂布可采用与前面所述的本发明的遮光材料的形成方法中感光性着色树脂组合物的涂布方法同样的方法。The coating method of the colored resin composition for color filters can employ|adopt the method similar to the coating method of the photosensitive colored resin composition in the formation method of the light-shielding material of this invention mentioned above.

如果涂膜的厚度过厚,则图案显影变得困难,并且有时会导致在液晶单元化工序中的间隙调整变得困难,如果涂膜的厚度过薄,则难以提高颜料浓度,有时无法实现期望的遮光性。涂膜的厚度以干燥后的膜厚计,通常优选在0.2~20μm的范围、更优选在0.5~10μm的范围、进一步优选在0.8~5μm的范围。If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, it will be difficult to develop the pattern, and sometimes it will become difficult to adjust the gap in the process of forming a liquid crystal unit. If the thickness of the coating film is too thin, it will be difficult to increase the pigment concentration, and sometimes the desired of shading. The thickness of the coating film is usually preferably in the range of 0.2 to 20 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm, and still more preferably in the range of 0.8 to 5 μm in terms of the film thickness after drying.

(3-2)涂膜的干燥(3-2) Drying of the coating film

在基板上涂布感光性着色树脂组合物后的涂膜的干燥可采用与前面所述的本发明的遮光材料的形成方法中涂膜的干燥方法相同的方法及条件。The coating film after coating the photosensitive colored resin composition on the substrate can be dried using the same method and conditions as the drying method and conditions of the coating film in the above-mentioned method of forming the light-shielding material of the present invention.

(3-3)曝光(3-3) Exposure

关于图像曝光,也可以采用与前面所述的本发明的遮光材料的形成方法中的曝光方法同样的操作方法。For image exposure, the same operation method as the exposure method in the above-mentioned method of forming the light-shielding material of the present invention can be employed.

(3-4)显影(3-4) Development

本发明涉及的滤色器可以如下地制作:在利用上述光源对由感光性着色树脂组合物形成的涂膜进行图像曝光之后,与前面所述的本发明的遮光材料的形成方法中的显影方法同样地,通过使用有机溶剂、或包含表面活性剂和碱性化合物的水溶液的显影而在基板上形成图像。关于用于显影的水溶液,也可以与前面所述的本发明的遮光材料的形成中的显影液相同。The color filter according to the present invention can be produced by image-exposing the coating film formed of the photosensitive colored resin composition using the above-mentioned light source, followed by the developing method in the above-mentioned method of forming the light-shielding material of the present invention. Likewise, an image is formed on a substrate by development using an organic solvent, or an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and a basic compound. About the aqueous solution used for image development, it may be the same as the developing solution in formation of the light-shielding material of this invention mentioned above.

(3-5)热固化处理(3-5) Thermal curing treatment

对于显影后的滤色器基板实施热固化处理。此时的热固化处理条件可以在温度100~280℃的范围、优选在150~250℃的范围内选择,时间可以在5~60分钟的范围内选择。经过上述一系列的工序,一色的图案化图像形成结束。依次重复该工序而进行黑色、红色、绿色、蓝色的图案化,从而形成滤色器。需要说明的是,4色的图案化的顺序并不限定于上述顺序。Thermal curing treatment is performed on the color filter substrate after development. The thermal curing conditions at this time can be selected within the range of temperature 100-280°C, preferably within the range of 150-250°C, and the time can be selected within the range of 5-60 minutes. Through the above-mentioned series of steps, the patterned image of one color is formed. This step is repeated sequentially to pattern black, red, green, and blue, thereby forming a color filter. In addition, the order of patterning of 4 colors is not limited to the said order.

(4)透明电极的形成(4) Formation of transparent electrodes

滤色器可以在保持其原有状态下在图像上形成ITO等透明电极,作为彩色显示器、液晶显示装置等的部件的一部分使用,但为了提高表面平滑性、耐久性,也可以根据需要而在图像上设置聚酰胺、聚酰亚胺等顶涂层。另外,在部分平面取向型驱动方式(IPS模式)等用途中,也有时不形成透明电极。The color filter can form a transparent electrode such as ITO on the image in its original state, and it can be used as a part of a color display, a liquid crystal display device, etc. A top coat of polyamide, polyimide, etc. is placed on the image. In addition, in applications such as a partial planar alignment driving method (IPS mode), transparent electrodes may not be formed.

[液晶显示装置][Liquid crystal display device]

本发明的液晶显示装置是使用上述本发明的滤色器而制作的液晶显示装置。The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is a liquid crystal display device produced using the above-mentioned color filter of the present invention.

液晶显示装置通常如下地制成:在滤色器上形成取向膜、并在该取向膜上散布间隔件之后,与对置基板贴合而形成液晶单元,在形成的液晶单元中注入液晶,与对置电极连线而完成液晶显示装置。作为取向膜,优选聚酰亚胺等的树脂膜。为了形成取向膜,通常可采用凹版印刷法和/或柔版印刷法,取向膜的厚度可设为数10nm。通过热烧制进行取向膜的固化处理之后,通过紫外线的照射、或基于摩擦布的处理而进行表面处理,从而加工成可调整液晶的偏斜的表面状态。A liquid crystal display device is generally manufactured by forming an alignment film on a color filter, spreading a spacer on the alignment film, bonding it to a counter substrate to form a liquid crystal cell, injecting liquid crystal into the formed liquid crystal cell, and The opposite electrodes are connected to complete the liquid crystal display device. As the alignment film, a resin film such as polyimide is preferable. In order to form an alignment film, a gravure printing method and/or a flexographic printing method can generally be used, and the thickness of an alignment film can be several 10 nm. After the alignment film is cured by thermal firing, surface treatment is performed by irradiation of ultraviolet rays or by treatment with a rubbing cloth to obtain a surface state in which the deflection of the liquid crystal can be adjusted.

作为间隔件,可使用适合于与对置基板之间的间隙(缝隙)的大小的间隔件,通常优选为2~8μm的间隔件。也可以在滤色器基板上通过光刻法而形成透明树脂膜的感光间隔件(PS),并有效利用该感光间隔件(PS)来代替间隔件。作为对置基板,通常可使用阵列基板,特别优选TFT(薄膜晶体管)基板。As the spacer, a spacer suitable for the size of the gap (slit) between the counter substrate and the opposing substrate can be used, and usually, a spacer of 2 to 8 μm is preferable. A photo spacer (PS) of a transparent resin film may be formed on the color filter substrate by photolithography, and the photo spacer (PS) may be effectively used instead of the spacer. As the opposing substrate, an array substrate is generally used, and a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate is particularly preferable.

与对置基板的贴合的间隙根据液晶显示装置的用途而异,但通常在2~8μm的范围内选择。在与对置基板贴合之后,对于液晶注入口以外的部分,利用环氧树脂等密封材料进行密封。密封材料通过UV照射和/或加热而固化,从而对液晶单元周边进行密封。The gap for bonding to the counter substrate varies depending on the application of the liquid crystal display device, but is usually selected within the range of 2 to 8 μm. After bonding to the counter substrate, the portion other than the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with a sealing material such as epoxy resin. The sealing material is cured by UV irradiation and/or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell.

对于周边经过了密封的液晶单元,在切成面板单元之后,在真空室内进行减压,将上述液晶注入口浸渍于液晶中,然后将真空室内释放压力,由此将液晶注入到液晶单元内。液晶单元内的减压度通常为1×10-2~1×10-7Pa,优选为1×10-3~1×10-6Pa。另外,减压时优选对液晶单元进行加温,加温温度通常为30~100℃、更优选为50~90℃。减压时的加温保持通常设为10~60分钟的范围,然后浸渍于液晶中。对于注入了液晶的液晶单元,通过使UV固化树脂固化而将液晶注入口密封,从而完成液晶显示装置(面板)。For liquid crystal cells whose periphery is sealed, after cutting into panel units, depressurize in a vacuum chamber, immerse the liquid crystal injection port in liquid crystal, and release the pressure in the vacuum chamber to inject liquid crystal into the liquid crystal cell. The degree of reduced pressure in the liquid crystal cell is usually 1×10 -2 to 1×10 -7 Pa, preferably 1×10 -3 to 1×10 -6 Pa. Moreover, it is preferable to heat a liquid crystal cell at the time of pressure reduction, and a heating temperature is 30-100 degreeC normally, More preferably, it is 50-90 degreeC. The heating and holding at the time of depressurization are normally made into the range of 10 to 60 minutes, and then immersed in liquid crystal. A liquid crystal display device (panel) is completed by curing a UV curable resin in a liquid crystal cell into which a liquid crystal is injected and sealing a liquid crystal injection port.

液晶的种类没有特别限制,可以是芳香族类、脂肪族类、多环状化合物等目前已知的液晶,可以为溶致液晶、热致液晶等中的任意类型。在热致液晶中,已知有向列型液晶、近晶型液晶及胆甾型液晶等,可以是其中的任意类型。The types of liquid crystals are not particularly limited, and may be currently known liquid crystals such as aromatics, aliphatics, and polycyclic compounds, and may be any type of lyotropic liquid crystals, thermotropic liquid crystals, and the like. As thermotropic liquid crystals, nematic liquid crystals, smectic liquid crystals, and cholesteric liquid crystals are known, and any of them may be used.

需要说明的是,本发明的滤色器并不限定于液晶显示装置,也可适宜用于有机EL显示装置等其它液晶显示装置。In addition, the color filter of this invention is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, It can also be used suitably for other liquid crystal display devices, such as an organic electroluminescent display device.

实施例Example

以下,结合制造例、实施例及比较例对本发明进行更为具体的说明,但在不超出本发明要点的范围内,并不限定于以下实施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to production examples, examples, and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples within the scope not exceeding the gist of the present invention.

<制造例1:包覆炭黑的制造><Manufacture Example 1: Manufacture of coated carbon black>

利用通常的油炉法制造了炭黑。其中,使用Na、Ca、S含量少的乙烯焦油作为原料油,使用气体燃料进行了燃烧。此外,使用经离子交换树脂处理过的纯水作为反应终止水而进行了制造。使用均化器以5,000~6,000rpm对得到的炭黑540g连同纯水14500g一起进行30分钟搅拌,得到了浆料。将该浆料转移至带有螺杆型搅拌机的容器中,一边以约1,000rpm进行混合,一边少量多次地添加溶解有环氧树脂“Epikote 828”(三菱化学株式会社制)60g的甲苯600g。经过约15分钟,分散在水中的全部量的炭黑转移至甲苯侧,形成了约1mm的粒子。Carbon black was produced by the usual oil furnace method. Among them, ethylene tar with low Na, Ca, and S contents was used as a raw material oil, and gaseous fuel was used for combustion. In addition, production was performed using pure water treated with an ion exchange resin as reaction-terminated water. 540 g of the obtained carbon black was stirred together with 14500 g of pure water for 30 minutes at 5,000 to 6,000 rpm using a homogenizer to obtain a slurry. This slurry was transferred to a container with a screw type mixer, and while mixing at about 1,000 rpm, 600 g of toluene in which 60 g of epoxy resin "Epikote 828" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) was dissolved was added in small portions. After about 15 minutes, the entire amount of carbon black dispersed in water was transferred to the toluene side, forming particles of about 1 mm.

接着,在利用60目的金属网进行去水之后加入到真空干燥器中,于70℃干燥7小时,将甲苯和水完全除去,得到了包覆炭黑。Next, after dehydrating with a 60-mesh metal mesh, it put into a vacuum drier, dried at 70 degreeC for 7 hours, and toluene and water were completely removed, and coated carbon black was obtained.

<制造例2:油墨(a1)的制造><Production Example 2: Production of Ink (a1)>

相对于在制造例1中制备的包覆炭黑20质量份,加入作为分散剂的Disperbyk-167(BYK-Chemie公司制)4.4质量份、作为颜料衍生物的S12000(Lubrizol公司制)1质量份,并加入丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA),使得固体成分浓度达到35质量%。With respect to 20 parts by mass of the coated carbon black prepared in Production Example 1, 4.4 parts by mass of Disperbyk-167 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) as a dispersant and 1 part by mass of S12000 (manufactured by Lubrizol) as a pigment derivative were added , and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was added so that the solid content concentration became 35% by mass.

利用搅拌器将其充分搅拌,进行了预混。接着,利用涂料振荡器在25~45℃的范围进行6小时分散处理,作为珠,使用了0.5mmφ的氧化锆珠,加入了分散液60g和珠180g。分散结束后,利用过滤器将珠与分散液分离,制造了油墨(a1)。This was fully stirred with a stirrer and premixed. Next, dispersion treatment was carried out in the range of 25 to 45° C. for 6 hours using a paint shaker, 0.5 mmφ zirconia beads were used as beads, and 60 g of the dispersion liquid and 180 g of beads were added. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid were separated by a filter to produce an ink (a1).

<制造例3:有机结合材料(b’1)的合成><Production Example 3: Synthesis of Organic Binder (b'1)>

[化学式22][chemical formula 22]

将上述结构的环氧化合物(环氧当量264)50g、丙烯酸13.65g、乙酸甲氧基丁酯60.5g、三苯基膦0.936g及对甲氧基苯酚0.032g加入到设置有温度计、搅拌器及冷凝管的烧瓶中,在进行搅拌的同时于90℃进行反应、直至酸值达到5mgKOH/g以下。反应耗时12小时,得到了环氧丙烯酸酯溶液。Add 50g of the epoxy compound (epoxy equivalent weight 264) of the above structure, 13.65g of acrylic acid, 60.5g of methoxybutyl acetate, 0.936g of triphenylphosphine and 0.032g of p-methoxyphenol into a mixer equipped with a thermometer and agitator. and a condenser tube, the reaction was carried out at 90° C. while stirring until the acid value became 5 mgKOH/g or less. The reaction took 12 hours and an epoxy acrylate solution was obtained.

将上述环氧丙烯酸酯溶液25质量份、及三羟甲基丙烷(TMP)0.76质量份、联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)3.3质量份、四氢邻苯二甲酸酐(THPA)3.5质量份加入到安装有温度计、搅拌器及冷凝管的烧瓶中,边搅拌边缓慢升温至105℃而进行了反应。25 parts by mass of the above epoxy acrylate solution, 0.76 parts by mass of trimethylolpropane (TMP), 3.3 parts by mass of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), 3.5 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) It was added to the flask equipped with the thermometer, the stirrer, and the condenser, and it heated up gradually to 105 degreeC, stirring, and it reacted.

在树脂溶液达到透明的时刻,利用乙酸甲氧基丁酯进行稀释,调整为固体成分达到50质量%,得到了酸值131mgKOH/g、利用GPC测定并换算成聚苯乙烯的重均分子量(Mw)为2600的有机结合材料(b’1)。When the resin solution became transparent, it was diluted with methoxybutyl acetate and adjusted to a solid content of 50% by mass to obtain an acid value of 131 mgKOH/g, which was measured by GPC and converted to a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polystyrene. ) is 2600 organic binding material (b'1).

<制造例4:分散树脂的制备><Manufacturing Example 4: Preparation of Dispersion Resin>

在对反应容器内进行氮气置换的同时对丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯145质量份进行搅拌,并升温至120℃。向其中滴加苯乙烯20质量份、甲基丙烯酸缩水甘油酯57质量份及具有三环癸烷骨架的单丙烯酸酯(日立化成株式会社制“FA-513M”)82质量份,进一步于120℃继续搅拌2小时。145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were stirred while substituting the inside of the reaction container with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120°C. 20 parts by mass of styrene, 57 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 82 parts by mass of monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. "FA-513M") were added dropwise thereto, and further heated at 120° C. Stirring was continued for 2 hours.

接着,对反应容器内进行空气置换,投入丙烯酸27.0质量份、三(二甲氨基甲基)苯酚0.7质量份及对苯二酚0.12质量份,于120℃继续反应6小时。然后,加入四氢邻苯二甲酸酐(THPA)52.0质量份、三乙胺0.7质量份并于120℃反应3.5小时,得到了分散树脂溶液。所得到的分散树脂的重均分子量(Mw)约为15000、酸值为100mgKOH/g。Next, the inside of the reaction container was replaced with air, 27.0 parts by mass of acrylic acid, 0.7 parts by mass of tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were charged, and the reaction was continued at 120° C. for 6 hours. Then, 52.0 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours to obtain a dispersed resin solution. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained dispersion resin was about 15000, and the acid value was 100 mgKOH/g.

<制造例5:光聚合引发剂(e1)的合成><Manufacture Example 5: Synthesis of Photopolymerization Initiator (e1)>

<二酮体><Diketone Body>

将乙基咔唑(5g、25.61mmol)和邻萘甲酰氯(5.13g、26.89mmol)溶解于30ml的二氯甲烷中,利用冰水浴冷却至2℃并进行搅拌,添加了AlCl3(3.41g、25.61mmol)。进一步于室温搅拌3小时搅拌之后,向反应液中加入巴豆酰氯(2.81g、26.89mmol)的15ml二氯甲烷溶液,并添加AlCl3(4.1g、30.73mmol),继续搅拌了1小时30分钟。将反应液加入到冰水200ml中,添加二氯甲烷200ml,从而将有机层分液。利用无水硫酸镁将回收的有机层干燥之后,在减压下进行浓缩,得到了白色固体(10g)。Ethylcarbazole (5g, 25.61mmol) and o-naphthoyl chloride (5.13g, 26.89mmol) were dissolved in 30ml of dichloromethane, cooled to 2°C in an ice-water bath and stirred, and AlCl 3 (3.41g , 25.61 mmol). After further stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, a solution of crotonyl chloride (2.81 g, 26.89 mmol) in 15 ml of dichloromethane was added to the reaction solution, and AlCl 3 (4.1 g, 30.73 mmol) was added, and stirring was continued for 1 hour and 30 minutes. The reaction liquid was added to 200 ml of ice water, and 200 ml of methylene chloride was added to separate the organic layer. The recovered organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a white solid (10 g).

<肟体><Oxime body>

在异丙醇30ml中混合二酮体(3.00g、7.19mmol)、NH2OH·HCl(1.09g、15.81mmol)、及乙酸钠(1.23g、15.08mmol),进行了3小时回流。Diketone (3.00 g, 7.19 mmol), NH 2 OH·HCl (1.09 g, 15.81 mmol), and sodium acetate (1.23 g, 15.08 mmol) were mixed in 30 ml of isopropanol, and refluxed for 3 hours.

反应结束后,浓缩反应液,向所得残渣加入乙酸乙酯30ml,依次利用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液30ml及饱和食盐水30ml进行洗涤,并利用无水硫酸镁进行了干燥。过滤后,在减压下对有机层进行浓缩,得到了固体3.01g。对该固体利用柱色谱进行纯化,得到了淡黄色固体2.22g。After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated, and 30 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the obtained residue, followed by washing with 30 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and 30 ml of saturated brine, and drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 3.01 g of a solid. This solid was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.22 g of a pale yellow solid.

<肟酯体><Oxime ester>

将肟体(2.22g、4.77mmol)和乙酰氯(1.34g、17.0mmol)加入到二氯甲烷20ml中并进行冰浴冷却,滴加三乙胺(1.77g、17.5mmol),并保持该状态进行了1小时反应。利用薄层色谱确认原料消失之后,加入水而终止了反应。将反应液利用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液5ml洗涤2次、利用饱和食盐水5ml洗涤2次,并利用无水硫酸钠进行了干燥。过滤后,对有机层进行减压下浓缩,对所得残渣利用柱色谱(乙酸乙酯/己烷=体积比2/1)进行纯化,得到了0.79g淡黄色固体形式的光聚合引发剂(e1)(以下记作“引发剂(e1)”)。Oxime (2.22g, 4.77mmol) and acetyl chloride (1.34g, 17.0mmol) were added to 20ml of dichloromethane and cooled in an ice bath, triethylamine (1.77g, 17.5mmol) was added dropwise and kept in this state The reaction was carried out for 1 hour. After confirming the disappearance of the raw material by thin layer chromatography, water was added to terminate the reaction. The reaction liquid was washed twice with 5 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, twice with 5 ml of saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=volume ratio 2/1) to obtain 0.79 g of the photopolymerization initiator (e1 ) (hereinafter referred to as "initiator (e1)").

所得引发剂(e1)的1H-NMR的测定值及结构式如下所示。The 1 H-NMR measured value and structural formula of the obtained initiator (e1) are shown below.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):σ1.17(d,3H),1.48(t,3H),1.53(s,3H),1.81(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),2.30(s,3H),3.17-3.32(m,2H),4.42(q,2H),4.78-4.94(br,1H),7.45-7.59(m,5H),7.65(dd,1H),7.95(m,2H),8.04(m,2H),8.14(dd,1H),8.42(d,1H),8.64(d,1H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): σ1.17(d,3H),1.48(t,3H),1.53(s,3H),1.81(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),2.30(s, 3H),3.17-3.32(m,2H),4.42(q,2H),4.78-4.94(br,1H),7.45-7.59(m,5H),7.65(dd,1H),7.95(m,2H) ,8.04(m,2H),8.14(dd,1H),8.42(d,1H),8.64(d,1H)

[化学式23][chemical formula 23]

<制造例6:抗蚀剂的制备><Manufacturing Example 6: Preparation of Resist>

以使抗蚀剂在固体成分中的比率达到下述表1所示的比例的方式加入各成分,进一步以使抗蚀剂固体成分浓度达到20质量%的方式加入作为有机溶剂(d1)的丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯,利用搅拌子进行搅拌,使其溶解,制备了黑色抗蚀剂(1)~(16)。Each component was added so that the ratio of the resist to the solid content became the ratio shown in Table 1 below, and propylene glycol was added as an organic solvent (d1) so that the resist solid content concentration became 20% by mass. Monomethyl ether acetate was stirred and dissolved with a stirring bar, and black resists (1) to (16) were prepared.

其中,作为油墨(a2)及(a3)、微粒(c1)~(c6)、光聚合性化合物、表面活性剂,使用了以下成分。另外,以下,表示成分组成的含有比例的“%”均为“质量%”。Among them, the following components were used as the inks (a2) and (a3), the fine particles (c1) to (c6), the photopolymerizable compound, and the surfactant. In addition, below, "%" which shows the content ratio of a component composition is all "mass %".

油墨(a2):钛黑油墨Ink (a2): titanium black ink

(钛黑颜料15%、聚氨酯类碱性分散剂3.5%、助剂1%、丙二醇单甲基醚乙酸酯80.5%)(titanium black pigment 15%, polyurethane basic dispersant 3.5%, additive 1%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 80.5%)

油墨(a3):有机颜料混色油墨Ink (a3): organic pigment mixed color ink

固体成分比B15:6/R254/V23/Y139=50%/19%/6%/25%、聚乙烯亚胺分散剂17%、树脂(b2)32%固体成分浓度30%丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯溶液Solid content ratio B15:6/R254/V23/Y139=50%/19%/6%/25%, polyethyleneimine dispersant 17%, resin (b2) 32% solid content concentration 30% propylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl Ester solution

微粒(c1):日产化学株式会社制ORGANOSILICA SOL PMA-STMicroparticles (c1): ORGANOSILICA SOL PMA-ST manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.

(二氧化硅含量30.7%丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯分散溶液、平均粒径(BET法)10nm、折射率1.7)(Silicon dioxide content 30.7% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate dispersion solution, average particle diameter (BET method) 10nm, refractive index 1.7)

微粒(c2):日产化学株式会社制ORGANOSILICA SOL MEK-STMicroparticles (c2): ORGANOSILICA SOL MEK-ST manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.

(二氧化硅含量30.4%甲乙酮分散溶液、平均粒径(BET法)40nm、折射率1.7)(Silicon dioxide content 30.4% methyl ethyl ketone dispersion solution, average particle diameter (BET method) 40nm, refractive index 1.7)

微粒(c3):日产化学株式会社制ORGANOSILICA SOL MEK-STMicroparticles (c3): ORGANOSILICA SOL MEK-ST manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.

(二氧化硅含量30.6%甲乙酮分散溶液、平均粒径(BET法)70nm、折射率1.7)(Silicon dioxide content 30.6% methyl ethyl ketone dispersion solution, average particle diameter (BET method) 70nm, refractive index 1.7)

微粒(c4):触媒化成工业制氧化锆分散液Particles (c4): Catalyzed into industrial zirconia dispersion

(20%甲醇溶液、平均粒径46nm包覆氧化锆折射率1.7)(20% methanol solution, average particle size 46nm coated zirconia refractive index 1.7)

微粒(c5):触媒化成工业制氧化锆分散液Microparticles (c5): Catalyzed into industrial zirconia dispersion

(20%异丙醇溶液、平均粒径14nm包覆氧化锆折射率1.7)(20% isopropanol solution, average particle size 14nm coated zirconia refractive index 1.7)

微粒(c6):Harima Chemicals Group制氧化铝分散液Fine particles (c6): Alumina dispersion made by Harima Chemicals Group

(20%丙二醇单甲醚乙酸酯溶液、平均粒径54nm氧化铝折射率1.45)(20% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution, average particle size 54nm alumina refractive index 1.45)

光聚合性化合物:日本化药株式会社制二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯Photopolymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

表面活性剂:DIC公司制氟类表面活性剂F475Surfactant: Fluorosurfactant F475 manufactured by DIC Corporation

<制造例6:防反射膜的制作><Manufacturing example 6: Production of anti-reflection film>

在二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯20质量份、ARONIX M-260(东亚合成株式会社制)70质量份、丙烯酸羟基乙酯10质量份中溶解Irgacure 184(Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司制)1.5质量份,得到了活性能量线固化性组合物。将数滴该固化性组合物滴至基于阳极氧化而得到的由多孔氧化铝制成的压模上,利用丙烯酸树脂膜边将其摊开边进行包覆,然后从膜侧以400mJ/cm2的能量照射紫外线,以使活性能量线固化性组合物发生光固化。将膜与压模剥离,得到了相邻凸部彼此间的距离为200nm、凸部的高度为200nm的具有微细凹凸结构(纵横比1.0)的防反射膜。1.5 parts by mass of Irgacure 184 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) was dissolved in 20 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 70 parts by mass of ARONIX M-260 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and 10 parts by mass of hydroxyethyl acrylate to obtain active Energy ray curable composition. A few drops of this curable composition was dropped on a stamper made of porous alumina obtained by anodic oxidation, and covered with an acrylic resin film while spreading it, and then from the film side at 400mJ/cm 2 The energy is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to photocure the active energy ray-curable composition. The film was separated from the stamper to obtain an antireflection film having a fine concavo-convex structure (aspect ratio 1.0) with a distance between adjacent convex portions of 200 nm and a height of the convex portions of 200 nm.

[实施例1~15、比较例1~4][Examples 1-15, Comparative Examples 1-4]

{评价实验1}{Evaluation experiment 1}

<带遮光材料的基板的制作><Production of substrate with light-shielding material>

为了形成第1遮光层用涂膜,利用旋涂器在玻璃基板上、在使烧制后的膜厚达到0.6μm的条件下涂布了抗蚀剂(1)。然后,利用真空干燥器干燥60秒钟,接着,在热板上于140℃进行了5分钟干燥。接着,为了形成第2遮光层用涂膜,在使烧制后的总膜厚达到1.6μm的条件下在第1遮光层用涂膜上利用旋涂器涂布了抗蚀剂(6)。然后,利用真空干燥器干燥60秒钟。接着,在热板上于110℃进行了2分钟干燥。将该基板在烘箱中于230℃烧制25分钟,得到了实施例1的带遮光材料的基板。In order to form the coating film for 1st light-shielding layers, the resist (1) was apply|coated by the spin coater on the glass substrate so that the film thickness after firing might become 0.6 micrometers. Then, drying was performed for 60 seconds in a vacuum drier, and then drying was performed on a hot plate at 140° C. for 5 minutes. Next, in order to form the second coating film for light-shielding layer, a resist (6) was applied with a spinner on the first coating film for light-shielding layer under the condition that the total film thickness after firing would be 1.6 μm. Then, it was dried for 60 seconds with a vacuum drier. Next, drying was performed on a hot plate at 110° C. for 2 minutes. This substrate was baked in an oven at 230° C. for 25 minutes to obtain the substrate with a light-shielding material of Example 1.

同样地,将抗蚀剂种类、膜厚等按照表2、4、5及6中记载的内容进行相同操作,得到了实施例2~15、比较例1~4的带遮光材料的基板。Similarly, resist type, film thickness, etc. were carried out in the same manner as described in Tables 2, 4, 5, and 6, and the substrates with light-shielding materials of Examples 2-15 and Comparative Examples 1-4 were obtained.

其中,在利用前述的方法对实施例2及4的带遮光材料的基板的截面基于SEM-EDS进行元素分析时,确认到了下述结果:在遮光材料中,透明基板侧和与透明基板相反一侧的(C)微粒的浓度在厚度方向上不同,特别是,与透明基板侧相比,其相反侧的浓度更低。Among them, when the cross-sections of the substrates with light-shielding materials in Examples 2 and 4 were subjected to elemental analysis based on SEM-EDS by the method described above, the following results were confirmed: in the light-shielding materials, the transparent substrate side and the opposite side of the transparent substrate The concentration of (C) fine particles on the side differs in the thickness direction, and in particular, the concentration on the opposite side is lower than that on the transparent substrate side.

<单位OD值的测定><Measurement of unit OD value>

利用非接触表面/层剖面形貌测量系统(Ryoka Systems公司制“Vert Scan”)测定了所得带遮光材料的基板的第1遮光层的膜厚及第2遮光层涂布后的膜厚。The film thickness of the first light-shielding layer and the film thickness of the second light-shielding layer after application of the obtained substrate with light-shielding material were measured using a non-contact surface/layer cross-sectional topography measurement system ("Vert Scan" manufactured by Ryoka Systems Co., Ltd.).

另一方面,利用大塚电子株式会社制分光特性检测装置“LCF”测定了第1遮光层的OD值及第2遮光层涂布后的OD值,利用下式计算出了单位OD值(/μm)。结果如表2、4、5及6所示。On the other hand, the OD value of the first light-shielding layer and the OD value of the second light-shielding layer after coating were measured using a spectroscopic characteristic detection device "LCF" manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and the unit OD value (/μm ). The results are shown in Tables 2, 4, 5 and 6.

单位OD值=测定OD值/膜厚Unit OD value = measured OD value / film thickness

<反射率的测定><Measurement of reflectance>

图3(a)及图3(b)示出了反射率的测定方法。图3(a)及图3(b)中,符号16表示测定入射光路、符号17表示测定反射光路。Fig. 3(a) and Fig. 3(b) show the measuring method of the reflectance. In FIG. 3( a ) and FIG. 3( b ), reference numeral 16 denotes a measurement incident light path, and reference numeral 17 denotes a measurement reflection light path.

在分光光度计(岛津公司制“UV-3100”)中设置了镜面反射测定用工具。接着,在成为样品基板的背面的、未形成遮光材料一侧的玻璃基板面上设置了制造例6中制作的防反射膜14。在该状态下,以镜面板为基准板,如图3(b)所示那样地测定了入射角5度时的相对反射率,将波长为550nm时的相对反射率(%)作为R1(%)。A spectrophotometer ("UV-3100" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was provided with a tool for specular reflection measurement. Next, the antireflection film 14 produced in Production Example 6 was provided on the glass substrate surface on the side where the light-shielding material was not formed, which is the back surface of the sample substrate. In this state, with the mirror plate as a reference plate, the relative reflectance when the incident angle was 5 degrees was measured as shown in FIG. ).

另一方面,对于未设置遮光材料的玻璃基板的两面,同样地测定了在制造例3中制作的设置有防反射膜的基板的反射率,结果,波长为550nm时的反射率为0.337%。On the other hand, the reflectance of the substrate provided with the antireflection film produced in Production Example 3 was measured in the same manner on both sides of the glass substrate without the light-shielding material. As a result, the reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.337%.

利用下式计算出了透明基板与遮光材料之间的反射率R(%),它们的结果如表2、4、5及6所示。The reflectance R (%) between the transparent substrate and the light-shielding material was calculated by the following formula, and the results are shown in Tables 2, 4, 5 and 6.

R(%)=R1(%)-(0.337/2)R(%)=R1(%)-(0.337/2)

接着,针对各例的带遮光材料的基板,将如图3(b)所示那样地设置防反射膜14而测定的、将380~780nm的相对反射率换算为白色光源(D65)波长而得到的反射率(%)作为R2(%),将如图3(a)所示那样地未设置防反射膜14而测定的550nm的相对反射率(%)作为R3(%)、将换算为白色光源波长而得到的反射率(%)作为R4(%),记载于表3。需要说明的是,在未设置遮光材料的玻璃基板的两面设置有防反射膜的基板在550nm的相对反射率(%)为0.338%。Next, for each substrate with a light-shielding material, the relative reflectance measured with the antireflection film 14 provided as shown in FIG. The reflectance (%) is R2 (%), and the relative reflectance (%) at 550nm measured without anti-reflection film 14 as shown in FIG. 3(a) is R3 (%). The reflectance (%) at the wavelength of the light source is described in Table 3 as R4 (%). In addition, the relative reflectance (%) at 550 nm of the substrate which provided the antireflection film on both surfaces of the glass substrate which did not provide the light-shielding material was 0.338%.

由表3可知,在没有防反射膜的情况下,由于包含空气与玻璃间的反射,因此反射率的绝对值变高,但本发明的实施例的遮光材料与比较例相比,可实现低反射率。As can be seen from Table 3, in the absence of an anti-reflection film, the absolute value of the reflectance becomes high due to the reflection between the air and the glass, but the light-shielding material of the embodiment of the present invention can achieve a lower value than that of the comparative example. Reflectivity.

在实施例2中有防反射膜而测定反射率R1时的相对于波长的反射率分布的坐标图如图4(a)所示。在实施例2中未设置防反射膜而测定反射率R3时的相对于波长的反射率分布的坐标图如图4(b)所示。由图4(a)及图4(b)可知,本发明的实施例的遮光材料在整个可见光区相对反射率的变动较少,而与波长无关。需要说明的是,图4(a)及图4(b)中的表中示出了在反射率分布的坐标图中每隔50nm波长的反射率的值。The graph of the reflectance distribution with respect to the wavelength when the reflectance R1 was measured in Example 2 with the antireflection film is shown in FIG. 4( a ). In Example 2, when the reflectance R3 was measured without providing an antireflection film, the graph of the reflectance distribution with respect to the wavelength is shown in FIG. 4( b ). It can be seen from FIG. 4( a ) and FIG. 4( b ) that the light-shielding material according to the embodiment of the present invention has little change in the relative reflectance in the entire visible light region, regardless of the wavelength. In addition, the table|surface in FIG. 4(a) and FIG. 4(b) shows the reflectance value every 50 nm wavelength in the graph of a reflectance distribution.

<遮光材料的外观评价><Appearance evaluation of light-shielding material>

从未形成遮光材料一侧的玻璃基板面侧照射白色光,通过目测对映入进行了外观评价。将映入低的情况评价为“○”、将映入稍高的情况评价为“△”、将映入高的情况评价为“×”,结果如表2所示。White light was irradiated from the side of the glass substrate surface on which the light-shielding material was not formed, and the reflection was visually evaluated for appearance. The case where reflection was low was evaluated as "◯", the case where reflection was slightly high was evaluated as "△", and the case where reflection was high was evaluated as "×". The results are shown in Table 2.

{评价实验2}{Evaluation experiment 2}

为了形成第1遮光层用涂膜,利用旋涂器在玻璃基板上、在使烧制后的膜厚达到0.6μm的条件下涂布了抗蚀剂(1)。其后,利用真空干燥器干燥60秒钟,接着,在热板上于140℃进行了5分钟干燥。接着,为了形成第2遮光层用涂膜,在使烧制后的总膜厚达到1.6μm的条件下在第1遮光层用涂膜上利用旋涂器涂布了抗蚀剂(6)。然后,利用真空干燥器干燥60秒钟。接着,在热板上于110℃进行了2分钟干燥,得到了实施例1的曝光前基板。In order to form the coating film for 1st light-shielding layers, the resist (1) was apply|coated by the spin coater on the glass substrate so that the film thickness after firing might become 0.6 micrometers. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum drier for 60 seconds, and then dried on a hot plate at 140° C. for 5 minutes. Next, in order to form the second coating film for light-shielding layer, a resist (6) was applied with a spinner on the first coating film for light-shielding layer under the condition that the total film thickness after firing would be 1.6 μm. Then, it was dried for 60 seconds with a vacuum drier. Next, drying was performed on a hot plate at 110° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a substrate before exposure of Example 1.

针对该样品,通过开口10μm的线状光掩模(光掩模与样品的间隔为200μm)、使用高压水银灯、以50mJ/cm2进行了曝光。然后,在温度25℃下、使用浓度0.05质量%的KOH水溶液进行喷雾显影,按照下述基准评价了图案化性。This sample was exposed through a linear photomask with an opening of 10 μm (the distance between the photomask and the sample was 200 μm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp at 50 mJ/cm 2 . Then, spray image development was performed using the KOH aqueous solution of density|concentration 0.05 mass % at the temperature of 25 degreeC, and the patterning property was evaluated according to the following reference|standard.

图案化性:显影后,利用光学显微镜确认是否再现了光掩模的10μm开口部的线,将再现了的情况评价为“○”、将未再现的情况评价为“×”。Patternability: After development, whether or not the lines of the 10 μm opening of the photomask were reproduced was confirmed with an optical microscope, and the case of reproduction was evaluated as "◯" and the case of not reproduced was evaluated as "×".

同样地,将抗蚀剂种类、膜厚等按照表2及4中记载的内容进行相同操作,评价了实施例2~10、比较例1~4的图案化性。结果如表2及4所示。Similarly, the resist type, film thickness, etc. were carried out in the same manner as described in Tables 2 and 4, and the patternability of Examples 2-10 and Comparative Examples 1-4 were evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 4.

表3table 3

需要说明的是,在实施例12中利用光学显微镜观察膜面的结果,产生了凹凸。这是由于微粒的平均粒径过大。In Example 12, as a result of observing the film surface with an optical microscope, unevenness occurred. This is because the average particle diameter of the fine particles is too large.

由表2可知,对于实施例1~48的遮光材料而言,尽管其每1μm的OD值为2.5以上,但通过使基板与遮光材料之间的相对反射率为1.0%以下,其成为光泽得到抑制、低反射、且遮光性优异的材料。并且,显影性、图案化性也均良好。特别是,由实施例1~3可知,不依赖于第1层的(C)微粒的含有比例,另外,由实施例4及5可知,不依赖于总膜厚,此外,由实施例6~8可知,不依赖于第1层的色材浓度,得到了低反射且遮光性优异的遮光材料。另外,由实施例9可知,即使在第2层的色材浓度低的情况下,也能够实现低反射化。另一方面,对于比较例1~3的遮光材料而言,虽然其每1μm的OD值为2.5以上,但基板与遮光材料之间的相对反射率超过了1.0%,因而虽然遮光性优异,但反射性不足。As can be seen from Table 2, although the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding materials of Examples 1 to 48 is 2.5 or more, it becomes glossy by making the relative reflectance between the substrate and the light-shielding material 1.0% or less. A material with excellent suppression, low reflection, and light-shielding properties. Moreover, both developability and patternability were also favorable. In particular, it can be seen from Examples 1 to 3 that it does not depend on the content ratio of (C) fine particles in the first layer. In addition, it can be seen from Examples 4 and 5 that it does not depend on the total film thickness. In addition, from Examples 6 to 5 8, it can be seen that a light-shielding material with low reflection and excellent light-shielding properties was obtained regardless of the concentration of the color material in the first layer. Moreover, from Example 9, even when the density|concentration of the color material of a 2nd layer is low, low reflection can be achieved. On the other hand, for the light-shielding materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 3, although the OD value per 1 μm was 2.5 or more, the relative reflectance between the substrate and the light-shielding material exceeded 1.0%, so although the light-shielding properties were excellent, Insufficient reflexes.

由表4可知,对于实施例5、10的遮光材料而言,通过使用(C)微粒的含有比例在15质量%以上的抗蚀剂来形成第1层,能够经1次烧制而以高生产性形成基板与遮光材料之间的相对反射率为1.0%以下的带遮光材料的基板。另一方面,对于比较例4的遮光材料而言,其第1层是使用(C)微粒的含有比例低于15质量%的抗蚀剂而形成的,其基板与遮光材料之间的相对反射率超过了1.0%。这是由于,在涂布第2层时,第1层发生溶解,未能形成期望的层结构。As can be seen from Table 4, for the light-shielding materials of Examples 5 and 10, by forming the first layer using a resist having a content ratio of (C) particles of 15% by mass or more, high A substrate with a light-shielding material having a relative reflectance between the substrate and the light-shielding material of 1.0% or less can be productively formed. On the other hand, for the light-shielding material of Comparative Example 4, the first layer was formed using a resist containing less than 15% by mass of (C) fine particles, and the relative reflection between the substrate and the light-shielding material rate exceeded 1.0%. This is because, when the second layer was applied, the first layer was dissolved and the desired layer structure could not be formed.

由表5可知,对于实施例11、12的遮光材料而言,尽管在40~100nm的范围对(C)微粒的平均粒径进行了变更,但在任一实施例中,均能够使基板与遮光材料之间的相对反射率在1.0%以下,得到了光泽得到抑制、低反射、且遮光性优异的材料。As can be seen from Table 5, for the light-shielding materials of Examples 11 and 12, although the average particle diameter of the (C) particles was changed in the range of 40 to 100 nm, in any of the examples, the substrate and the light-shielding material could be separated. The relative reflectance among the materials is 1.0% or less, and a material with suppressed gloss, low reflection, and excellent light-shielding properties was obtained.

由表6可知,对于实施例13、14、15的遮光材料而言,尽管作为(C)微粒而使用了二氧化硅以外的微粒,通过选择使用折射率在1.2~1.8的范围的微粒,可获得与二氧化硅同样的效果。As can be seen from Table 6, for the light-shielding materials of Examples 13, 14, and 15, although particles other than silicon dioxide are used as (C) particles, by selecting and using particles with a refractive index in the range of 1.2 to 1.8, it is possible to Obtains the same effect as silica.

由以上结果可知,根据本发明,可利用能够通过曝光、显影而实现图案化的着色树脂组合物来形成低反射性且遮光性高的黑色矩阵。From the above result, according to this invention, it turns out that the black matrix with low reflectivity and high light-shielding property can be formed using the colored resin composition which can pattern by exposure and image development.

Claims (18)

1.一种带遮光材料的基板,其在透明基板上具有遮光材料,1. A substrate with a light-shielding material, which has a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, 其中,所述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足下述(1)及(2),Wherein, the light-shielding material includes (A) color material and (B) organic binding material, and satisfies the following (1) and (2), (1)所述遮光材料含有(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒;(1) The light-shielding material contains (C) fine particles with a refractive index of 1.2 or more and 1.8 or less; (2)所述遮光材料中的所述微粒的浓度在厚度方向上不同,与所述透明基板相反侧的所述微粒的浓度低于所述透明基板侧的所述微粒的浓度。(2) The concentration of the particles in the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the concentration of the particles on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is lower than the concentration of the particles on the side of the transparent substrate. 2.根据权利要求1所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,与所述透明基板相反侧的每1μm的OD值高于所述透明基板侧的每1μm的OD值。2. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1, wherein the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the OD value per 1 μm on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is higher than that of the transparent substrate. OD value per 1 μm on the transparent substrate side. 3.根据权利要求1或2所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(C)微粒为无机微粒。3. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the (C) fine particles are inorganic fine particles. 4.根据权利要求3所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述无机微粒为二氧化硅粒子。4. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 3, wherein the inorganic fine particles are silica particles. 5.根据权利要求1~4中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(A)色材含有选自炭黑、钛黑及有机着色颜料中的一种以上。5 . The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1 , wherein the (A) color material contains one or more selected from carbon black, titanium black, and organic coloring pigments. 6.一种带遮光材料的基板,其在透明基板上具有遮光材料,6. A substrate with a light-shielding material, which has a light-shielding material on a transparent substrate, 其中,所述遮光材料包含(A)色材及(B)有机结合材料,并且满足下述(3)~(5),Wherein, the light-shielding material includes (A) color material and (B) organic binding material, and satisfies the following (3)-(5), (3)所述遮光材料的透明基板侧含有黑色颜料作为(A)色材;(3) The transparent substrate side of the light-shielding material contains black pigment as (A) color material; (4)所述遮光材料的与透明基板相反侧含有颜料作为(A)色材;(4) The side opposite to the transparent substrate of the light-shielding material contains a pigment as (A) color material; (5)所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值在厚度方向上不同,与所述透明基板相反侧的每1μm的OD值高于所述透明基板侧的每1μm的OD值。(5) The OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is different in the thickness direction, and the OD value per 1 μm on the side opposite to the transparent substrate is higher than the OD value per 1 μm on the side of the transparent substrate. 7.根据权利要求1~6中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料的每1μm的OD值为2.5以上。7 . The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1 , wherein the OD value per 1 μm of the light-shielding material is 2.5 or more. 8.根据权利要求1~7中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,(B)有机结合材料为可溶于碱的树脂的固化物。8 . The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1 , wherein (B) the organic binder is a cured product of an alkali-soluble resin. 9.根据权利要求1~8中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料还含有(E)光聚合引发剂。9 . The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 1 , wherein the light-shielding material further contains (E) a photopolymerization initiator. 10.根据权利要求1~9中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其在波长550nm下的相对反射率为1.0%以下,10. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which has a relative reflectance of 1.0% or less at a wavelength of 550 nm, 其中,所述相对反射率是从所述透明基板侧以入射角5度入射光并以镜面板为基准而测定的值。Here, the relative reflectance is a value measured by incident light from the side of the transparent substrate at an incident angle of 5 degrees and using a mirror plate as a reference. 11.根据权利要求10所述的带遮光材料的基板,其在波长450~650nm下的所述相对反射率的上限值与下限值之差为0.5%以下。11. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to claim 10, wherein the difference between the upper limit and the lower limit of the relative reflectance at a wavelength of 450 to 650 nm is 0.5% or less. 12.根据权利要求1~11中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板,其中,所述遮光材料由2层以上的层构成。12. The substrate with a light-shielding material according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the light-shielding material is composed of two or more layers. 13.一种滤色器,其具有权利要求1~12中任一项所述的带遮光材料的基板。The color filter which has the board|substrate with a light-shielding material as described in any one of Claims 1-12. 14.一种液晶显示装置,其具有权利要求13所述的滤色器。14. A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to claim 13. 15.一种着色树脂组合物,其包含:(A)色材、(B’)有机结合材料、(C)折射率1.2以上且1.8以下的微粒、及(D)有机溶剂,15. A colored resin composition comprising: (A) a coloring material, (B') an organic binder, (C) particles having a refractive index of 1.2 or more and 1.8 or less, and (D) an organic solvent, 其中,(C)微粒的含量为15质量%以上。However, the content of (C) fine particles is 15% by mass or more. 16.根据权利要求15所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,(C)微粒为无机微粒。16. The colored resin composition according to claim 15, wherein the (C) fine particles are inorganic fine particles. 17.根据权利要求16所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,所述无机微粒为二氧化硅粒子。17. The colored resin composition according to claim 16, wherein the inorganic fine particles are silica particles. 18.根据权利要求15~17中任一项所述的着色树脂组合物,其中,(A)色材含有选自炭黑、钛黑及有机着色颜料中的一种以上。18. The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the (A) color material contains one or more selected from carbon black, titanium black, and organic coloring pigments.
CN201480078018.1A 2014-04-15 2014-04-15 Substrate with light-shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material Pending CN106233164A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2014/060747 WO2015159370A1 (en) 2014-04-15 2014-04-15 Substrate with light-blocking material, color filter, liquid crystal display device and coloring resin composition for forming said light-blocking material

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN106233164A true CN106233164A (en) 2016-12-14

Family

ID=54323616

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201480078018.1A Pending CN106233164A (en) 2014-04-15 2014-04-15 Substrate with light-shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and colored resin composition for forming the light-shielding material

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6354840B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20160145589A (en)
CN (1) CN106233164A (en)
WO (1) WO2015159370A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108957602A (en) * 2017-05-25 2018-12-07 大立光电股份有限公司 Secondary molding ring-shaped optical element, imaging lens group, imaging device and electronic device
WO2019100707A1 (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-31 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Color filter substrate, manufacturing method therefor, and liquid crystal panel
CN111323951A (en) * 2018-12-14 2020-06-23 日铁化学材料株式会社 Substrate for display device, method for producing same, and resin composition solution for antireflection layer used for same
TWI849262B (en) * 2019-11-29 2024-07-21 日商力森諾科股份有限公司 Light-shielding ultraviolet curable composition, light-shielding film, and method for producing article having light-shielding film

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107703685B (en) * 2016-08-08 2022-03-18 东京应化工业株式会社 Laminate and method for producing laminate
JP6933726B2 (en) * 2017-11-30 2021-09-08 マクセル株式会社 Fluorescent material member and light source device
KR102314284B1 (en) * 2018-05-30 2021-10-19 주식회사 엘지화학 Photomask for imprinting and method for manufacturing thereof
CN112534312A (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-03-19 富士胶片株式会社 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlamp unit
JP7414399B2 (en) * 2019-04-01 2024-01-16 キヤノン株式会社 Diffractive optical elements, optical instruments, imaging devices, and methods for manufacturing diffractive optical elements
JP7157042B2 (en) * 2019-12-27 2022-10-19 ソマール株式会社 black light shielding material
JP7377104B2 (en) 2019-12-27 2023-11-09 積水化学工業株式会社 Adhesive tape
JP2022052426A (en) 2020-09-23 2022-04-04 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film formation, light-shielding film, and display device
KR20230103507A (en) 2021-12-31 2023-07-07 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Display device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005275218A (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-10-06 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photosensitive black composition, black matrix substrate and color filter using the same
JP2006163233A (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-22 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter substrate and manufacturing method thereof
CN1831646A (en) * 2005-03-09 2006-09-13 富士胶片株式会社 Light-shielding image-carrying substrate, method of forming light-shielding image, transfer material, color filter, and display device
TW200912526A (en) * 2007-06-06 2009-03-16 Nippon Steel Chemical Co Photo-sensitive resin composition for black resist and light-shielding film and color filter using the same
CN101454721A (en) * 2006-05-30 2009-06-10 日本板硝子株式会社 Alkali developable black photosensitive resin composition for formation of light-tight partition

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05288926A (en) 1992-04-08 1993-11-05 A G Technol Kk Composition for forming protective film of color filter and electrode substrate with color filter
JPH08146410A (en) 1994-11-17 1996-06-07 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Black matrix substrate and color filter using the same
JP4694157B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2011-06-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Substrate with light-shielding image, method for producing light-shielding image, transfer material, color filter, and display device
JP6241153B2 (en) * 2012-09-10 2017-12-06 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Shielding material, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
CN105026963B (en) * 2013-03-07 2018-01-23 东丽株式会社 Black matrix substrate

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005275218A (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-10-06 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photosensitive black composition, black matrix substrate and color filter using the same
JP2006163233A (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-22 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter substrate and manufacturing method thereof
CN1831646A (en) * 2005-03-09 2006-09-13 富士胶片株式会社 Light-shielding image-carrying substrate, method of forming light-shielding image, transfer material, color filter, and display device
CN101454721A (en) * 2006-05-30 2009-06-10 日本板硝子株式会社 Alkali developable black photosensitive resin composition for formation of light-tight partition
TW200912526A (en) * 2007-06-06 2009-03-16 Nippon Steel Chemical Co Photo-sensitive resin composition for black resist and light-shielding film and color filter using the same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108957602A (en) * 2017-05-25 2018-12-07 大立光电股份有限公司 Secondary molding ring-shaped optical element, imaging lens group, imaging device and electronic device
WO2019100707A1 (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-31 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Color filter substrate, manufacturing method therefor, and liquid crystal panel
CN111323951A (en) * 2018-12-14 2020-06-23 日铁化学材料株式会社 Substrate for display device, method for producing same, and resin composition solution for antireflection layer used for same
TWI849262B (en) * 2019-11-29 2024-07-21 日商力森諾科股份有限公司 Light-shielding ultraviolet curable composition, light-shielding film, and method for producing article having light-shielding film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2015159370A1 (en) 2017-04-13
WO2015159370A1 (en) 2015-10-22
JP6354840B2 (en) 2018-07-11
KR20160145589A (en) 2016-12-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7485147B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP6361838B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, black matrix, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP6354840B2 (en) Substrate with light shielding material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and colored resin composition for forming this light shielding material
JP6268508B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP6380723B1 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
CN109791357B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and image display device
TWI794156B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP6241153B2 (en) Shielding material, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
CN106488941B (en) Resin, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device
CN109923475B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer and image display device
JP6845469B2 (en) Colored cured film for image display devices, photosensitive coloring composition for image display devices, and image display devices
JP2016177190A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP2016164623A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP2016167030A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, and image display device
TWI636083B (en) Substrate with light shielding material, color filter, and liquid crystal display
JP6561533B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
WO2019065789A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device
WO2023204314A1 (en) Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device
CN118103464A (en) Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
CB02 Change of applicant information
CB02 Change of applicant information

Address after: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant after: MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL Corp.

Address before: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant before: MITSUBISHI RAYON Co.,Ltd.

TA01 Transfer of patent application right
TA01 Transfer of patent application right

Effective date of registration: 20170823

Address after: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant after: MITSUBISHI RAYON Co.,Ltd.

Address before: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant before: MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL Corp.

WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication
WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication

Application publication date: 20161214